| //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===// |
| // |
| // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| // |
| // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| // |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| // |
| // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions. |
| // |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| |
| #include "Sema.h" |
| #include "SemaInit.h" |
| #include "Lookup.h" |
| #include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" |
| #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
| #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
| #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
| #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
| #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h" |
| #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
| #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" |
| #include "clang/Parse/Designator.h" |
| #include "clang/Parse/Scope.h" |
| #include "clang/Parse/Template.h" |
| using namespace clang; |
| |
| |
| /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and |
| /// emit any corresponding diagnostics. |
| /// |
| /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing |
| /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example, |
| /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being |
| /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted |
| /// function is being used. |
| /// |
| /// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated |
| /// decls. |
| /// |
| /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be |
| /// referenced), false otherwise. |
| /// |
| bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { |
| // See if the decl is deprecated. |
| if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) { |
| EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc); |
| } |
| |
| // See if the decl is unavailable |
| if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0; |
| } |
| |
| // See if this is a deleted function. |
| if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| if (FD->isDeleted()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true; |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls |
| /// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel |
| /// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument. |
| /// |
| void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
| Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) { |
| const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(); |
| if (!attr) |
| return; |
| |
| // FIXME: In C++0x, if any of the arguments are parameter pack |
| // expansions, we can't check for the sentinel now. |
| int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel(); |
| int nullPos = attr->getNullPos(); |
| |
| // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common |
| // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code. |
| unsigned int i = 0; |
| bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false; |
| int isMethod = 0; |
| if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { |
| // skip over named parameters. |
| ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end(); |
| for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) { |
| if (nullPos) |
| --nullPos; |
| else |
| ++i; |
| } |
| warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs); |
| isMethod = 1; |
| } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| // skip over named parameters. |
| ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end(); |
| for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) { |
| if (nullPos) |
| --nullPos; |
| else |
| ++i; |
| } |
| warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs); |
| } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| // block or function pointer call. |
| QualType Ty = V->getType(); |
| if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) { |
| const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() |
| ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>() |
| : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { |
| unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); |
| unsigned k; |
| for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) { |
| if (nullPos) |
| --nullPos; |
| else |
| ++i; |
| } |
| warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs); |
| } |
| if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) |
| isMethod = 2; |
| } else |
| return; |
| } else |
| return; |
| |
| if (warnNotEnoughArgs) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; |
| return; |
| } |
| int sentinel = i; |
| while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) { |
| --sentinelPos; |
| ++i; |
| } |
| if (sentinelPos > 0) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; |
| return; |
| } |
| while (i < NumArgs-1) { |
| ++i; |
| ++sentinel; |
| } |
| Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel]; |
| if (!sentinelExpr) return; |
| if (sentinelExpr->isTypeDependent()) return; |
| if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return; |
| if (sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() && |
| sentinelExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) |
| return; |
| |
| // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. |
| if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr)) return; |
| |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod; |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; |
| } |
| |
| SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const { |
| Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E; |
| return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| // Standard Promotions and Conversions |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| |
| /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4). |
| void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) { |
| QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
| assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type"); |
| |
| if (Ty->isFunctionType()) |
| ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), |
| CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); |
| else if (Ty->isArrayType()) { |
| // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is |
| // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has |
| // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer |
| // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression |
| // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue" |
| // (C90) to "an expression" (C99). |
| // |
| // C++ 4.2p1: |
| // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of |
| // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T". |
| // |
| if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || |
| E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) |
| ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty), |
| CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) { |
| DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); |
| |
| QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
| assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type"); |
| if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() && |
| (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) && |
| E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) { |
| // C++ [conv.lval]p1: |
| // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the |
| // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the |
| // rvalue is T |
| // |
| // C99 6.3.2.1p2: |
| // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified |
| // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the |
| // type of the lvalue. |
| ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| |
| /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most |
| /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are |
| /// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't |
| /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators. |
| /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called. |
| Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) { |
| QualType Ty = Expr->getType(); |
| assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type"); |
| |
| // C99 6.3.1.1p2: |
| // |
| // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or |
| // unsigned int may be used: |
| // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer |
| // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int |
| // and unsigned int. |
| // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int. |
| // |
| // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the |
| // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an |
| // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All |
| // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions. |
| QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr); |
| if (!PTy.isNull()) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); |
| return Expr; |
| } |
| if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { |
| QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty); |
| ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); |
| return Expr; |
| } |
| |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr); |
| return Expr; |
| } |
| |
| /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
| /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to |
| /// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions(). |
| void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) { |
| QualType Ty = Expr->getType(); |
| assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type"); |
| |
| // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double. |
| if (Ty->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) |
| return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy, |
| CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast); |
| |
| UsualUnaryConversions(Expr); |
| } |
| |
| /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
| /// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC |
| /// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is |
| /// completely illegal. |
| bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT, |
| FunctionDecl *FDecl) { |
| DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr); |
| |
| // __builtin_va_start takes the second argument as a "varargs" argument, but |
| // it doesn't actually do anything with it. It doesn't need to be non-pod |
| // etc. |
| if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (Expr->getType()->isObjCObjectType() && |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(), |
| PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg) |
| << Expr->getType() << CT)) |
| return true; |
| |
| if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() && |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(), |
| PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) |
| << Expr->getType() << CT)) |
| return true; |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to |
| /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
| /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
| /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
| /// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with |
| /// GCC. |
| QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr, |
| bool isCompAssign) { |
| if (!isCompAssign) |
| UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr); |
| |
| UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr); |
| |
| // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
| // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
| QualType lhs = |
| Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
| QualType rhs = |
| Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
| |
| // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. |
| if (lhs == rhs) |
| return lhs; |
| |
| // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done. |
| // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int). |
| if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType()) |
| return lhs; |
| |
| // Perform bitfield promotions. |
| QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr); |
| if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) |
| lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy; |
| QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr); |
| if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) |
| rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy; |
| |
| QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs); |
| if (!isCompAssign) |
| ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
| ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
| return destType; |
| } |
| |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| |
| |
| /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
| /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string |
| /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from |
| /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one |
| /// string. |
| /// |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) { |
| assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!"); |
| |
| StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP); |
| if (Literal.hadError) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i) |
| StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation()); |
| |
| QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy; |
| if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType(); |
| if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
| |
| // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1). |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings ) |
| StrTy.addConst(); |
| |
| // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes |
| // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal |
| // strings. |
| StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy, |
| llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1), |
| ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
| |
| // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory! |
| return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(), |
| Literal.GetStringLength(), |
| Literal.AnyWide, StrTy, |
| &StringTokLocs[0], |
| StringTokLocs.size())); |
| } |
| |
| /// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of |
| /// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto |
| /// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g. |
| /// for values inside the block or for globals). |
| /// |
| /// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records |
| /// up-to-date. |
| /// |
| static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock, |
| ValueDecl *VD) { |
| // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if |
| // we wanted to. |
| if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot. |
| if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to |
| // snapshot it. |
| // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++? |
| if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) |
| if (!Var->hasLocalStorage()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Blocks that have these can't be constant. |
| CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true; |
| |
| // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in |
| // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may |
| // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do |
| // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain. |
| for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) { |
| BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]); |
| |
| if (!NextBlock) |
| continue; |
| |
| // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as |
| // having a reference outside it. |
| if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext()) |
| break; |
| |
| // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need |
| // a snapshot as well. |
| NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr. |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, |
| const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { |
| if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) { |
| Diag(Loc, |
| diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) |
| << D->getDeclName(); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD)) { |
| // Non-type template parameters can be referenced anywhere they are |
| // visible. |
| } else if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) { |
| if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) { |
| if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function) |
| << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here) |
| << D->getIdentifier(); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D); |
| |
| return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, |
| SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0, |
| SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), |
| D, Loc, Ty)); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous |
| /// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the |
| /// actual member. |
| /// |
| /// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to |
| /// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The |
| /// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it |
| /// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field |
| /// we found. |
| /// |
| /// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin, |
| /// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another |
| /// class. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
| VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field, |
| llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) { |
| assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() |
| && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union"); |
| |
| Path.push_back(Field); |
| VarDecl *BaseObject = 0; |
| DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext(); |
| do { |
| RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx); |
| ValueDecl *AnonObject = Record->getAnonymousStructOrUnionObject(); |
| if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject)) |
| Path.push_back(AnonField); |
| else { |
| BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject); |
| break; |
| } |
| Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); |
| } while (Ctx->isRecord() && |
| cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()); |
| |
| return BaseObject; |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc, |
| FieldDecl *Field, |
| Expr *BaseObjectExpr, |
| SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
| llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields; |
| VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field, |
| AnonFields); |
| |
| // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from |
| // which we will build a sequence of member references to each |
| // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we |
| // found via name lookup. |
| bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false; |
| Qualifiers BaseQuals; |
| if (BaseObject) { |
| // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is, |
| // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record). |
| if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context); |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject); |
| BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(), |
| SourceLocation()); |
| BaseQuals |
| = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers(); |
| } else if (BaseObjectExpr) { |
| // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine |
| // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the |
| // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into. |
| QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType(); |
| if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| BaseObjectIsPointer = true; |
| ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType(); |
| } |
| BaseQuals |
| = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers(); |
| } else { |
| // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is |
| // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed |
| // program our base object expression is "this". |
| DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { |
| if (!MD->isStatic()) { |
| QualType AnonFieldType |
| = Context.getTagDeclType( |
| cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext())); |
| QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent()); |
| if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType) |
| == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) || |
| IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) { |
| // Our base object expression is "this". |
| BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, |
| MD->getThisType(Context), |
| /*isImplicit=*/true); |
| BaseObjectIsPointer = true; |
| } |
| } else { |
| return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method) |
| << Field->getDeclName()); |
| } |
| BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()); |
| } |
| |
| if (!BaseObjectExpr) |
| return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) |
| << Field->getDeclName()); |
| } |
| |
| // Build the implicit member references to the field of the |
| // anonymous struct/union. |
| Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr; |
| Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals; |
| for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator |
| FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend(); |
| FI != FIEnd; ++FI) { |
| QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType(); |
| Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals = |
| Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers(); |
| |
| // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members, |
| // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'. |
| if ((*FI)->isMutable()) |
| ResultQuals.removeConst(); |
| |
| // GC attributes are never picked up by members. |
| ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| |
| // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. |
| assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace()); |
| |
| Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals; |
| if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals) |
| MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals); |
| |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI); |
| PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI); |
| // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name? |
| Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI, |
| OpLoc, MemberType); |
| BaseObjectIsPointer = false; |
| ResultQuals = NewQuals; |
| } |
| |
| return Owned(Result); |
| } |
| |
| /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and |
| /// possibly a list of template arguments. |
| /// |
| /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call |
| /// DecomposeTemplateName. |
| /// |
| /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for |
| /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in |
| /// some way. |
| static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef, |
| const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
| DeclarationName &Name, |
| SourceLocation &NameLoc, |
| const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) { |
| if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { |
| Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc); |
| Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); |
| |
| ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef, |
| Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), |
| Id.TemplateId->NumArgs); |
| SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer); |
| TemplateArgsPtr.release(); |
| |
| TemplateName TName = |
| Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>(); |
| |
| Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName); |
| NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; |
| TemplateArgs = &Buffer; |
| } else { |
| Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id); |
| NameLoc = Id.StartLocation; |
| TemplateArgs = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results. |
| /// |
| /// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can |
| /// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId |
| /// found template arguments. |
| static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) { |
| assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId); |
| TemplateName TName = |
| Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>(); |
| |
| if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl()) |
| R.addDecl(TD); |
| else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate()) |
| for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end(); |
| I != E; ++I) |
| R.addDecl(*I); |
| |
| R.resolveKind(); |
| } |
| |
| /// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given |
| /// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of |
| /// getting consistent results already. |
| static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) { |
| if (!Record->hasDefinition()) |
| return false; |
| |
| for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(), |
| E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType()); |
| CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| if (!BaseRT) return false; |
| |
| CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); |
| if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() || |
| !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| /// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether |
| /// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete. |
| static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) { |
| DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false); |
| |
| // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent. |
| if (!DC) return true; |
| |
| // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it. |
| if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false; |
| |
| // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed. |
| if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true; |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of |
| /// the prospective base classes. |
| static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef, |
| CXXRecordDecl *Record, |
| const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) { |
| if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl())) |
| return false; |
| |
| RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(); |
| if (!RD) return false; |
| Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD); |
| |
| for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(), |
| E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType()); |
| CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| if (!BaseRT) return false; |
| |
| CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); |
| if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| enum IMAKind { |
| /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access. |
| IMA_Static, |
| |
| /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access. |
| IMA_Mixed, |
| |
| /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if |
| /// so, because the context is not an instance method. |
| IMA_Mixed_StaticContext, |
| |
| /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if |
| /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class. |
| IMA_Mixed_Unrelated, |
| |
| /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access. |
| IMA_Instance, |
| |
| /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration. |
| IMA_Unresolved, |
| |
| /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the |
| /// context is not an instance method. |
| IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext, |
| |
| /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a |
| /// non-class context. |
| IMA_AnonymousMember, |
| |
| /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current |
| /// context is not an instance method. |
| IMA_Error_StaticContext, |
| |
| /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated |
| /// class. |
| IMA_Error_Unrelated |
| }; |
| |
| /// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for |
| /// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access |
| /// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an |
| /// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to |
| /// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply |
| /// not be caught until template-instantiation. |
| static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef, |
| const LookupResult &R) { |
| assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()); |
| |
| DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
| bool isStaticContext = |
| (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(DC) || |
| cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->isStatic()); |
| |
| if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) |
| return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved; |
| |
| // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find. |
| bool hasNonInstance = false; |
| llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes; |
| for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| NamedDecl *D = *I; |
| if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) { |
| CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); |
| |
| // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the |
| // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one, |
| // that's a special case. |
| while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
| R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent()); |
| if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember; |
| } |
| Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| } |
| else |
| hasNonInstance = true; |
| } |
| |
| // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit |
| // member reference. |
| if (Classes.empty()) |
| return IMA_Static; |
| |
| // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be |
| // an implicit member reference. |
| if (isStaticContext) |
| return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext); |
| |
| // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the |
| // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in |
| // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected). |
| if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, |
| cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getParent(), |
| Classes)) |
| return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated); |
| |
| return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance); |
| } |
| |
| /// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available. |
| static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef, |
| const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| const LookupResult &R) { |
| SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); |
| SourceRange Range(Loc); |
| if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin()); |
| |
| if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) { |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) { |
| if (MD->isStatic()) { |
| // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function" |
| SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method) |
| << Range << R.getLookupName(); |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) |
| << R.getLookupName() << Range; |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range; |
| } |
| |
| /// Diagnose an empty lookup. |
| /// |
| /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found |
| bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| LookupResult &R, CorrectTypoContext CTC) { |
| DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); |
| |
| unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use; |
| unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; |
| if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || |
| Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || |
| Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { |
| diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use; |
| diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest; |
| } |
| |
| // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an |
| // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the |
| // original lookup would not have found something because it was a |
| // dependent name. |
| for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0; |
| DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { |
| if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { |
| LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); |
| |
| if (!R.empty()) { |
| // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup. |
| R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| |
| CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); |
| bool isInstance = CurMethod && |
| CurMethod->isInstance() && |
| DC == CurMethod->getParent(); |
| |
| // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'. |
| // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases. |
| // Actually quite difficult! |
| if (isInstance) |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->"); |
| else |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; |
| |
| // Do we really want to note all of these? |
| for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) |
| Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use); |
| |
| // Tell the callee to try to recover. |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo. |
| DeclarationName Corrected; |
| if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS, 0, false, CTC))) { |
| if (!R.empty()) { |
| if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) { |
| if (SS.isEmpty()) |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName() |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), |
| R.getLookupName().getAsString()); |
| else |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) |
| << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName() |
| << SS.getRange() |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), |
| R.getLookupName().getAsString()); |
| if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) |
| Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
| << ND->getDeclName(); |
| |
| // Tell the callee to try to recover. |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) { |
| // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or |
| // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser |
| // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo |
| // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going |
| // to recover well anyway. |
| if (SS.isEmpty()) |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName(); |
| else |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) |
| << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName() |
| << SS.getRange(); |
| |
| // Don't try to recover; it won't work. |
| return true; |
| } |
| } else { |
| // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it |
| // because we aren't able to recover. |
| if (SS.isEmpty()) |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << Corrected; |
| else |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) |
| << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected |
| << SS.getRange(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| R.clear(); |
| } |
| |
| // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. |
| // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) |
| if (!SS.isEmpty()) { |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member) |
| << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) |
| << SS.getRange(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // Give up, we can't recover. |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, |
| CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| bool HasTrailingLParen, |
| bool isAddressOfOperand) { |
| assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && |
| "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen"); |
| |
| if (SS.isInvalid()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer; |
| |
| // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data. |
| DeclarationName Name; |
| SourceLocation NameLoc; |
| const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs; |
| DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, |
| Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs); |
| |
| IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| |
| // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: |
| // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: |
| // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type, |
| // (note: handled after lookup) |
| // -- a template-id that is dependent, |
| // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr) |
| // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type, |
| // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that |
| // names a dependent type. |
| // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization; |
| // we need to handle these differently. |
| if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName && |
| Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) || |
| (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) { |
| return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc, |
| isAddressOfOperand, |
| TemplateArgs); |
| } |
| |
| // Perform the required lookup. |
| LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| if (TemplateArgs) { |
| // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in |
| // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the |
| // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If |
| // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those |
| // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it. |
| bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; |
| LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false, |
| MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
| } else { |
| bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()); |
| LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp); |
| |
| // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do |
| // some special Objective-C lookup, too. |
| if (IvarLookupFollowUp) { |
| OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true)); |
| if (E.isInvalid()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| if (Ex) return Owned(Ex); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (R.isAmbiguous()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for |
| // argument-dependent lookup. |
| bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen); |
| |
| if (R.empty() && !ADL) { |
| // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal |
| // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++). |
| if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S); |
| if (D) R.addDecl(D); |
| } |
| |
| // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function |
| // call, diagnose the problem. |
| if (R.empty()) { |
| if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CTC_Unknown)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| assert(!R.empty() && |
| "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results"); |
| |
| // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let |
| // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to |
| // reference the ivar. |
| if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { |
| R.clear(); |
| OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); |
| assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get()); |
| return move(E); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // This is guaranteed from this point on. |
| assert(!R.empty() || ADL); |
| |
| if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) { |
| // Warn about constructs like: |
| // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }. |
| // In the else block, the pointer is always false. |
| if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) { |
| Scope *CheckS = S; |
| while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) { |
| if ((CheckS->getFlags() & Scope::ElseScope) && |
| CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) { |
| ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero) |
| << Var->getDeclName() |
| << (Var->getType()->isPointerType() ? 2 : |
| Var->getType()->isBooleanType() ? 1 : 0)); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| // Move to the parent of this scope. |
| CheckS = CheckS->getParent(); |
| } |
| } |
| } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) { |
| if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) { |
| // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a |
| // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only |
| // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing |
| // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function |
| // type. |
| if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| QualType T = Func->getType(); |
| QualType NoProtoType = T; |
| if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
| NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType(), |
| Proto->getExtInfo()); |
| return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access. |
| // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6: |
| // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an |
| // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a |
| // class member access expression. |
| // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even |
| // though we don't parse it that way. |
| if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { |
| bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty()); |
| if (!isAbstractMemberPointer) |
| return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs); |
| } |
| |
| if (TemplateArgs) |
| return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs); |
| |
| return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL); |
| } |
| |
| /// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression. |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| LookupResult &R, |
| const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
| switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) { |
| case IMA_Instance: |
| return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true); |
| |
| case IMA_AnonymousMember: |
| assert(R.isSingleResult()); |
| return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(), |
| R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()); |
| |
| case IMA_Mixed: |
| case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated: |
| case IMA_Unresolved: |
| return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false); |
| |
| case IMA_Static: |
| case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext: |
| case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext: |
| if (TemplateArgs) |
| return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs); |
| return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false); |
| |
| case IMA_Error_StaticContext: |
| case IMA_Error_Unrelated: |
| DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind"); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified |
| /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation. |
| /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along |
| /// this path. |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| DeclarationName Name, |
| SourceLocation NameLoc) { |
| DeclContext *DC; |
| if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || DC->isDependentContext()) |
| return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0); |
| |
| if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); |
| |
| if (R.isAmbiguous()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| if (R.empty()) { |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false); |
| } |
| |
| /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has |
| /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some |
| /// additional lookup. |
| /// |
| /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's |
| /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved. |
| /// |
| /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success. |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
| IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) { |
| SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc(); |
| ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); |
| |
| // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed, |
| // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have |
| // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e. |
| // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with |
| // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl. |
| |
| // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for |
| // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an |
| // ivar, that's an error. |
| bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod(); |
| |
| bool LookForIvars; |
| if (Lookup.empty()) |
| LookForIvars = true; |
| else if (IsClassMethod) |
| LookForIvars = false; |
| else |
| LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() && |
| Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()); |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0; |
| if (LookForIvars) { |
| IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
| if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { |
| // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method. |
| if (IsClassMethod) |
| return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method) |
| << IV->getDeclName()); |
| |
| // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent |
| // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl. |
| if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)). |
| if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class. |
| if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private && |
| ClassDeclared != IFace) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); |
| |
| // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't |
| // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something. |
| IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self"); |
| UnqualifiedId SelfName; |
| SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation()); |
| CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec; |
| OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, |
| SelfName, false, false); |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV); |
| return Owned(new (Context) |
| ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc, |
| SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true)); |
| } |
| } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { |
| // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar. |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
| if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { |
| if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private || |
| IFace == ClassDeclared) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) { |
| // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName. |
| if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) { |
| if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) { |
| NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID, |
| S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(), |
| Lookup.getNameLoc()); |
| if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special. |
| return Owned((Expr*) 0); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type. |
| /// |
| /// Logically this happens in three phases: |
| /// |
| /// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class. |
| /// The naming class is the class into which we were looking |
| /// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a |
| /// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type. |
| /// |
| /// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class. |
| /// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by |
| /// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's |
| /// the class declaring the member. |
| /// |
| /// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true" |
| /// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not |
| /// obey access control. |
| bool |
| Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, |
| NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| NamedDecl *Member) { |
| CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext()); |
| if (!RD) |
| return false; |
| |
| QualType DestRecordType; |
| QualType DestType; |
| QualType FromRecordType; |
| QualType FromType = From->getType(); |
| bool PointerConversions = false; |
| if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) { |
| DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD)); |
| |
| if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType); |
| FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); |
| PointerConversions = true; |
| } else { |
| DestType = DestRecordType; |
| FromRecordType = FromType; |
| } |
| } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) { |
| if (Method->isStatic()) |
| return false; |
| |
| DestType = Method->getThisType(Context); |
| DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); |
| PointerConversions = true; |
| } else { |
| FromRecordType = FromType; |
| DestType = DestRecordType; |
| } |
| } else { |
| // No conversion necessary. |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary. |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) |
| return false; |
| |
| SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange(); |
| SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin(); |
| |
| bool isLvalue |
| = (From->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) && !PointerConversions; |
| |
| // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8: |
| // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its |
| // class name. |
| // |
| // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a |
| // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type |
| // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows |
| // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as: |
| // |
| // class Base { public: int x; }; |
| // class Derived1 : public Base { }; |
| // class Derived2 : public Base { }; |
| // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); }; |
| // |
| // void VeryDerived::f() { |
| // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects |
| // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1 |
| // } |
| if (Qualifier) { |
| QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0); |
| assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?"); |
| assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type"); |
| |
| QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0); |
| |
| // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base |
| // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it. |
| // Otherwise build the appropriate casts. |
| if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) { |
| CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath; |
| if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType, |
| FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath)) |
| return true; |
| |
| if (PointerConversions) |
| QType = Context.getPointerType(QType); |
| ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, |
| isLvalue, BasePath); |
| |
| FromType = QType; |
| FromRecordType = QRecordType; |
| |
| // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type, |
| // we're done. |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bool IgnoreAccess = false; |
| |
| // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast |
| // down to the using declaration's type. |
| // |
| // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a |
| // class ever has member declarations. |
| if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) { |
| assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl)); |
| QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType( |
| cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext())); |
| |
| // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class |
| // conversion is non-trivial. |
| if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) { |
| assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType)); |
| CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath; |
| if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType, |
| FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath)) |
| return true; |
| |
| QualType UType = URecordType; |
| if (PointerConversions) |
| UType = Context.getPointerType(UType); |
| ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, |
| isLvalue, BasePath); |
| FromType = UType; |
| FromRecordType = URecordType; |
| } |
| |
| // We don't do access control for the conversion from the |
| // declaring class to the true declaring class. |
| IgnoreAccess = true; |
| } |
| |
| CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath; |
| if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType, |
| FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath, |
| IgnoreAccess)) |
| return true; |
| |
| ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, |
| isLvalue, BasePath); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node. |
| static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow, |
| const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member, |
| DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty, |
| const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) { |
| NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0; |
| SourceRange QualifierRange; |
| if (SS.isSet()) { |
| Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(); |
| QualifierRange = SS.getRange(); |
| } |
| |
| return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange, |
| Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty); |
| } |
| |
| /// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context |
| /// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup |
| /// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which |
| /// is from an appropriate type. |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| LookupResult &R, |
| const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| bool IsKnownInstance) { |
| assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous()); |
| |
| SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); |
| |
| // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct |
| // (C++ [class.union]). |
| // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference? |
| // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs? |
| if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) |
| if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
| return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD); |
| |
| // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a |
| // 'this' expression now. |
| DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
| QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getThisType(Context); |
| Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access |
| if (IsKnownInstance) { |
| SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); |
| if (SS.getRange().isValid()) |
| Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin(); |
| This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true); |
| } |
| |
| return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType, |
| /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(), |
| /*IsArrow*/ true, |
| SS, |
| /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0, |
| R, TemplateArgs); |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| const LookupResult &R, |
| bool HasTrailingLParen) { |
| // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call. |
| if (!HasTrailingLParen) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Never if a scope specifier was provided. |
| if (SS.isSet()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Only in C++ or ObjC++. |
| if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during |
| // normal lookup: |
| for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| NamedDecl *D = *I; |
| |
| // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
| // -- a declaration of a class member |
| // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the |
| // original decl. |
| if (D->isCXXClassMember()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
| // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a |
| // using-declaration |
| // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we |
| // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types |
| // turn off ADL anyway). |
| if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) |
| D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); |
| else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
| // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function |
| // template |
| // And also for builtin functions. |
| if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| |
| // But also builtin functions. |
| if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) |
| return false; |
| } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| |
| /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration |
| /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that |
| /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration |
| /// will in fact be used. |
| static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { |
| if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) { |
| S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { |
| S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { |
| S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| LookupResult &R, |
| bool NeedsADL) { |
| // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL, |
| // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref. |
| if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>()) |
| return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()); |
| |
| // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one |
| // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be |
| // functions and function templates. |
| if (R.isSingleResult() && |
| CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl())) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress |
| // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when |
| // we've picked a target. |
| R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| |
| bool Dependent |
| = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0); |
| UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE |
| = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(), |
| (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(), |
| SS.getRange(), |
| R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(), |
| NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(), |
| R.begin(), R.end()); |
| |
| return Owned(ULE); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration. |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { |
| assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration"); |
| assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && |
| "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template"); |
| |
| if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) { |
| // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing |
| // a template argument list. |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) |
| << Template << SS.getRange(); |
| Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| // Make sure that we're referring to a value. |
| ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); |
| if (!VD) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value) |
| << D << SS.getRange(); |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress |
| // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup |
| // on this function name, because this might not be the function |
| // that overload resolution actually selects. |
| if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's. |
| if (VD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value |
| // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a |
| // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when |
| // the block is formed. |
| // |
| // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc, |
| // as they do not get snapshotted. |
| // |
| if (getCurBlock() && |
| ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) { |
| if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type); |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type); |
| Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD); |
| QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(); |
| // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference. |
| if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
| return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true)); |
| // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added. |
| bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified(); |
| // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure. |
| |
| ExprTy.addConst(); |
| BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, |
| ExprTy, Loc, false, |
| constAdded); |
| QualType T = VD->getType(); |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T->isDependentType() && |
| !T->isReferenceType()) { |
| Expr *E = new (Context) |
| DeclRefExpr(const_cast<ValueDecl*>(BDRE->getDecl()), T, |
| SourceLocation()); |
| |
| OwningExprResult Res = PerformCopyInitialization( |
| InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(VD->getLocation(), |
| T, false), |
| SourceLocation(), |
| Owned(E)); |
| if (!Res.isInvalid()) { |
| Res = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(move(Res)); |
| Expr *Init = Res.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| BDRE->setCopyConstructorExpr(Init); |
| } |
| } |
| return Owned(BDRE); |
| } |
| // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is |
| // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr. |
| |
| return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
| tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
| PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT; |
| |
| switch (Kind) { |
| default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!"); |
| case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2] |
| case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break; |
| case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break; |
| } |
| |
| // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the |
| // string. |
| |
| Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
| if (!currentDecl) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function); |
| currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| } |
| |
| QualType ResTy; |
| if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) { |
| ResTy = Context.DependentTy; |
| } else { |
| unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length(); |
| |
| llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1); |
| ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst(); |
| ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
| } |
| return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT)); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) { |
| llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer; |
| bool Invalid = false; |
| llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid); |
| if (Invalid) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(), |
| PP); |
| if (Literal.hadError()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| QualType Ty; |
| if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C. |
| else if (Literal.isWide()) |
| Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++. |
| else if (Literal.isMultiChar()) |
| Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++. |
| else |
| Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++ |
| |
| return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), |
| Literal.isWide(), |
| Ty, Tok.getLocation())); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) { |
| // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit |
| // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix. |
| if (Tok.getLength() == 1) { |
| const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok); |
| unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'), |
| Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation())); |
| } |
| |
| llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer; |
| // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character. |
| IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1); |
| const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0]; |
| |
| // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc. |
| bool Invalid = false; |
| unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid); |
| if (Invalid) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength, |
| Tok.getLocation(), PP); |
| if (Literal.hadError) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| Expr *Res; |
| |
| if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { |
| QualType Ty; |
| if (Literal.isFloat) |
| Ty = Context.FloatTy; |
| else if (!Literal.isLong) |
| Ty = Context.DoubleTy; |
| else |
| Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy; |
| |
| const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty); |
| |
| using llvm::APFloat; |
| APFloat Val(Format); |
| |
| APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val); |
| |
| // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if |
| // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow). |
| if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) || |
| ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) { |
| unsigned diagnostic; |
| llvm::SmallString<20> buffer; |
| if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) { |
| diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow; |
| APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer); |
| } else { |
| diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow; |
| APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer); |
| } |
| |
| Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic) |
| << Ty |
| << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size()); |
| } |
| |
| bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK); |
| Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); |
| |
| } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) { |
| return ExprError(); |
| } else { |
| QualType Ty; |
| |
| // long long is a C99 feature. |
| if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && |
| Literal.isLongLong) |
| Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong); |
| |
| // Get the value in the widest-possible width. |
| llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0); |
| |
| if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) { |
| // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull. |
| Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large); |
| Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && |
| "long long is not intmax_t?"); |
| } else { |
| // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into |
| // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5. |
| |
| // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to |
| // be an unsigned int. |
| bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10; |
| |
| // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can. |
| unsigned Width = 0; |
| if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) { |
| // Are int/unsigned possibilities? |
| unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); |
| |
| // Does it fit in a unsigned int? |
| if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) { |
| // Does it fit in a signed int? |
| if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0) |
| Ty = Context.IntTy; |
| else if (AllowUnsigned) |
| Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
| Width = IntSize; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Are long/unsigned long possibilities? |
| if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) { |
| unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); |
| |
| // Does it fit in a unsigned long? |
| if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) { |
| // Does it fit in a signed long? |
| if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0) |
| Ty = Context.LongTy; |
| else if (AllowUnsigned) |
| Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
| Width = LongSize; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Finally, check long long if needed. |
| if (Ty.isNull()) { |
| unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
| |
| // Does it fit in a unsigned long long? |
| if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) { |
| // Does it fit in a signed long long? |
| if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0) |
| Ty = Context.LongLongTy; |
| else if (AllowUnsigned) |
| Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| Width = LongLongSize; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that |
| // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix. |
| if (Ty.isNull()) { |
| Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed); |
| Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
| } |
| |
| if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width) |
| ResultVal.trunc(Width); |
| } |
| Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); |
| } |
| |
| // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper. |
| if (Literal.isImaginary) |
| Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res, |
| Context.getComplexType(Res->getType())); |
| |
| return Owned(Res); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, |
| SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) { |
| Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr"); |
| return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E)); |
| } |
| |
| /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine. |
| /// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details. |
| bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType, |
| SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| const SourceRange &ExprRange, |
| bool isSizeof) { |
| if (exprType->isDependentType()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type, |
| // the result is the size of the referenced type." |
| // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the |
| // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type." |
| if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
| exprType = Ref->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.3.4p1: |
| if (exprType->isFunctionType()) { |
| // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension. |
| if (isSizeof) |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension. |
| if (exprType->isVoidType()) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type) |
| << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType, |
| PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type) |
| << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange)) |
| return true; |
| |
| // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode. |
| if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCObjectType()) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface) |
| << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(exprType, Context.OverloadTy)) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_overloaded_function_type) |
| << !isSizeof << ExprRange; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| const SourceRange &ExprRange) { |
| E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
| |
| // alignof decl is always ok. |
| if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. |
| if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
| return false; |
| |
| if (E->getBitField()) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a |
| // bit-field. |
| if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) |
| if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) |
| return false; |
| |
| return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand. |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) { |
| if (!TInfo) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
| |
| if (!T->isDependentType() && |
| CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. |
| return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo, |
| Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, |
| R.getEnd())); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression |
| /// operand. |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) { |
| // Verify that the operand is valid. |
| bool isInvalid = false; |
| if (E->isTypeDependent()) { |
| // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. |
| } else if (!isSizeOf) { |
| isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R); |
| } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1. |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0; |
| isInvalid = true; |
| } else { |
| isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true); |
| } |
| |
| if (isInvalid) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. |
| return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E, |
| Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, |
| R.getEnd())); |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and |
| /// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof |
| /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false. |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType, |
| void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) { |
| // If error parsing type, ignore. |
| if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError(); |
| |
| if (isType) { |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo); |
| return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange); |
| } |
| |
| Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx; |
| Action::OwningExprResult Result |
| = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange()); |
| |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) |
| DeleteExpr(ArgEx); |
| |
| return move(Result); |
| } |
| |
| QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) { |
| if (V->isTypeDependent()) |
| return Context.DependentTy; |
| |
| // These operators return the element type of a complex type. |
| if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
| return CT->getElementType(); |
| |
| // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here. |
| if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType()) |
| return V->getType(); |
| |
| // Reject anything else. |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType() |
| << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag"); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) { |
| UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc; |
| switch (Kind) { |
| default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!"); |
| case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break; |
| case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break; |
| } |
| |
| return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input)); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { |
| // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
| Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base)); |
| |
| Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()), |
| *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()); |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) { |
| Base.release(); |
| Idx.release(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, |
| Context.DependentTy, RLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || |
| LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() || |
| RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || |
| RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) { |
| return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx)); |
| } |
| |
| return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc); |
| } |
| |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { |
| Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()); |
| Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()); |
| |
| // Perform default conversions. |
| if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp); |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp); |
| |
| QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent |
| // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be |
| // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base |
| // and index from the expression types. |
| Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr; |
| QualType ResultType; |
| if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) { |
| BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
| IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
| ResultType = Context.DependentTy; |
| } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
| IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
| ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
| } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". |
| BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
| IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
| ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
| } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = |
| LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
| BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
| IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
| ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
| } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = |
| RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
| // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". |
| BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
| IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
| ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
| } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
| BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123] |
| IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
| |
| // FIXME: need to deal with const... |
| ResultType = VTy->getElementType(); |
| } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) { |
| // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by |
| // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that |
| // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't |
| // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then |
| // force the promotion here. |
| Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << |
| LHSExp->getSourceRange(); |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy), |
| CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); |
| LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(); |
| |
| BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
| IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
| ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) { |
| // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case |
| Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << |
| RHSExp->getSourceRange(); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy), |
| CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); |
| RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); |
| |
| BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
| IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
| ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| } else { |
| return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) |
| << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); |
| } |
| // C99 6.5.2.1p1 |
| if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && |
| IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) |
| return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) |
| << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); |
| |
| if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
| IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) |
| && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) |
| Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, |
| // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object |
| // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) |
| // incomplete types are not object types. |
| if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) { |
| Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type) |
| << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && |
| RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, |
| PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type) |
| << BaseExpr->getSourceRange())) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
| if (ResultType->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { |
| Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface) |
| << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| Base.release(); |
| Idx.release(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, |
| ResultType, RLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| QualType Sema:: |
| CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| const IdentifierInfo *CompName, |
| SourceLocation CompLoc) { |
| // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements, |
| // see FIXME there. |
| // |
| // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along |
| // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking. |
| const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>(); |
| |
| // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements. |
| const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart(); |
| |
| // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four |
| // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are |
| // to be selected. |
| bool HalvingSwizzle = false; |
| |
| // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix, |
| // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices. |
| bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S'; |
| |
| // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component |
| // names must come from the same set. |
| if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") || |
| !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) { |
| HalvingSwizzle = true; |
| } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) { |
| do |
| compStr++; |
| while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1); |
| } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) { |
| do |
| compStr++; |
| while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1); |
| } |
| |
| if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) { |
| // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names |
| // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name. |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal) |
| << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it |
| // operates on. |
| if (!HalvingSwizzle) { |
| compStr = CompName->getNameStart(); |
| |
| if (HexSwizzle) |
| compStr++; |
| |
| while (*compStr) { |
| if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length) |
| << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type. |
| // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example, |
| // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc. |
| // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc. |
| // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2. |
| unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2 |
| : CompName->getLength(); |
| if (HexSwizzle) |
| CompSize--; |
| |
| if (CompSize == 1) |
| return vecType->getElementType(); |
| |
| QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize); |
| // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this, |
| // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in. |
| for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) { |
| if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT) |
| return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]); |
| } |
| return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found). |
| } |
| |
| static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl, |
| IdentifierInfo *Member, |
| const Selector &Sel, |
| ASTContext &Context) { |
| |
| if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) |
| return PD; |
| if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) |
| return OMD; |
| |
| for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(), |
| E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, |
| Context)) |
| return D; |
| } |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy, |
| IdentifierInfo *Member, |
| const Selector &Sel, |
| ASTContext &Context) { |
| // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. |
| Decl *GDecl = 0; |
| for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(), |
| E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { |
| GDecl = PD; |
| break; |
| } |
| // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax. |
| if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) { |
| GDecl = OMD; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| if (!GDecl) { |
| for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(), |
| E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol. |
| GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context); |
| if (GDecl) |
| return GDecl; |
| } |
| } |
| return GDecl; |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType, |
| bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
| DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
| Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| |
| // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with |
| // obviously wrong types, e.g.: |
| // |
| // T* t; |
| // t.f; |
| // |
| // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be |
| // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check |
| // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer. |
| if (!IsArrow) { |
| const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
| if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 || |
| PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) { |
| assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses"); |
| Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union) |
| << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() || |
| isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)); |
| |
| // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr |
| // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee. |
| return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType, |
| IsArrow, OpLoc, |
| static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), |
| SS.getRange(), |
| FirstQualifierInScope, |
| Name, NameLoc, |
| TemplateArgs)); |
| } |
| |
| /// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to |
| /// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base |
| /// expression. Diagnose the problem. |
| static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef, |
| Expr *BaseExpr, |
| QualType BaseType, |
| const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| const LookupResult &R) { |
| // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of |
| // diagnostics. |
| if (!BaseExpr) |
| return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R); |
| |
| SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_of_unrelated) |
| << SS.getRange() << R.getRepresentativeDecl() << BaseType; |
| } |
| |
| // Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name |
| // specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base |
| // type. The restriction here is: |
| // |
| // C++ [expr.ref]p2: |
| // ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a |
| // member of the class or of one of its base classes. |
| // |
| // So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name |
| // an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including |
| // decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl |
| // we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass. |
| bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, |
| QualType BaseType, |
| const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| const LookupResult &R) { |
| const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| if (!BaseRT) { |
| // We can't check this yet because the base type is still |
| // dependent. |
| assert(BaseType->isDependentType()); |
| return false; |
| } |
| CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); |
| |
| for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a |
| // non-instance member, it's not an error. |
| if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl. |
| CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext()); |
| while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
| RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent()); |
| |
| llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord; |
| MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| |
| if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord)) |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R); |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| static bool |
| LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, |
| SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy, |
| SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) { |
| RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); |
| if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0), |
| SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag) |
| << BaseRange)) |
| return true; |
| |
| DeclContext *DC = RDecl; |
| if (SS.isSet()) { |
| // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the |
| // nested-name-specifier. |
| DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false); |
| |
| if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) { |
| SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag) |
| << SS.getRange() << DC; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup"); |
| |
| if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) { |
| SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass) |
| << DC << SS.getRange(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // The record definition is complete, now look up the member. |
| SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); |
| |
| if (!R.empty()) |
| return false; |
| |
| // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct |
| // for typos. |
| DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); |
| if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC, false, Sema::CTC_MemberLookup) && |
| !R.empty() && |
| (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) { |
| SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) |
| << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange() |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), |
| R.getLookupName().getAsString()); |
| if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) |
| SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
| << ND->getDeclName(); |
| return false; |
| } else { |
| R.clear(); |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType, |
| SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
| CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
| DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
| Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| |
| if (BaseType->isDependentType() || |
| (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS))) |
| return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType, |
| IsArrow, OpLoc, |
| SS, FirstQualifierInScope, |
| Name, NameLoc, |
| TemplateArgs); |
| |
| LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName); |
| |
| // Implicit member accesses. |
| if (!Base) { |
| QualType RecordTy = BaseType; |
| if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(), |
| RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(), |
| OpLoc, SS)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Explicit member accesses. |
| } else { |
| OwningExprResult Result = |
| LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc, |
| SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy()); |
| |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| Owned(Base); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| if (Result.get()) |
| return move(Result); |
| |
| // LookupMemberExpr can modify Base, and thus change BaseType |
| BaseType = Base->getType(); |
| } |
| |
| return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType, |
| OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope, |
| R, TemplateArgs); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType, |
| SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
| const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
| LookupResult &R, |
| const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| bool SuppressQualifierCheck) { |
| Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| QualType BaseType = BaseExprType; |
| if (IsArrow) { |
| assert(BaseType->isPointerType()); |
| BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| } |
| R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType); |
| |
| NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = |
| static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); |
| DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName(); |
| SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc(); |
| |
| if (R.isAmbiguous()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| if (R.empty()) { |
| // Rederive where we looked up. |
| DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet() |
| ? computeDeclContext(SS, false) |
| : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); |
| |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member) |
| << MemberName << DC |
| << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base |
| // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may |
| // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member |
| // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus |
| // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for |
| // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those |
| // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution. |
| if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr || |
| (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) && |
| cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) && |
| !SuppressQualifierCheck && |
| CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved |
| // result. |
| if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) { |
| bool Dependent = |
| BaseExprType->isDependentType() || |
| R.isUnresolvableResult() || |
| OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs); |
| |
| // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we |
| // pick a member. |
| R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| |
| UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr |
| = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, |
| R.isUnresolvableResult(), |
| BaseExpr, BaseExprType, |
| IsArrow, OpLoc, |
| Qualifier, SS.getRange(), |
| MemberName, MemberLoc, |
| TemplateArgs, R.begin(), R.end()); |
| |
| return Owned(MemExpr); |
| } |
| |
| assert(R.isSingleResult()); |
| DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair(); |
| NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); |
| |
| // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now. |
| |
| // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this |
| // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading |
| // error cases. |
| if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Handle the implicit-member-access case. |
| if (!BaseExpr) { |
| // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access. |
| if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember()) |
| return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl); |
| |
| SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); |
| if (SS.getRange().isValid()) |
| Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin(); |
| BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true); |
| } |
| |
| bool ShouldCheckUse = true; |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's |
| // explicitly qualified. |
| if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet()) |
| ShouldCheckUse = false; |
| } |
| |
| // Check the use of this member. |
| if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) { |
| Owned(BaseExpr); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct |
| // (C++ [class.union]). |
| if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && |
| !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
| return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD, |
| BaseExpr, OpLoc); |
| |
| // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref] |
| QualType MemberType = FD->getType(); |
| if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
| MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType(); |
| else { |
| Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); |
| BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst(); |
| |
| Qualifiers MemberQuals |
| = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers(); |
| |
| Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; |
| if (Combined != MemberQuals) |
| MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined); |
| } |
| |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD); |
| if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS, |
| FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType)); |
| } |
| |
| if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var); |
| return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS, |
| Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, |
| Var->getType().getNonReferenceType())); |
| } |
| |
| if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); |
| return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS, |
| MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, |
| MemberFn->getType())); |
| } |
| |
| if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); |
| return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS, |
| Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType())); |
| } |
| |
| Owned(BaseExpr); |
| |
| // We found something that we didn't expect. Complain. |
| if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl)) |
| Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type) |
| << MemberName << BaseType << int(IsArrow); |
| else |
| Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown) |
| << MemberName << BaseType << int(IsArrow); |
| |
| Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) |
| << MemberName; |
| R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| /// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent |
| /// expression. This can return in one of two ways: |
| /// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will |
| /// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into |
| /// the provided structure. It will take over from there. |
| /// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of |
| /// an ordinary member expression. |
| /// |
| /// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly |
| /// fixed for ObjC++. |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr, |
| bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) { |
| assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression"); |
| |
| // Perform default conversions. |
| DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr); |
| |
| QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); |
| assert(!BaseType->isDependentType()); |
| |
| DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName(); |
| SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc(); |
| |
| // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer |
| // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that |
| // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the |
| // call, and continue on. |
| if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun |
| = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType(); |
| if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 && |
| ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) || |
| (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() && |
| ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType() |
| ->isRecordType()))) { |
| SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd()); |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call) |
| << QualType(Fun, 0) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()"); |
| |
| OwningExprResult NewBase |
| = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc, |
| MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc); |
| if (NewBase.isInvalid()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr); |
| BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then |
| // use that. |
| if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) { |
| if (IsArrow) { |
| // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa. |
| if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = |
| BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
| if (OPT->getObjectType()->isObjCId() && |
| MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa")) |
| return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc, |
| Context.getObjCClassType())); |
| } |
| } |
| // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this |
| // is a reference to 'isa'. |
| if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) { |
| BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType; |
| ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then |
| // use that. |
| if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) { |
| // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this |
| // is a reference to 'sel_id'. |
| if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) { |
| BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType; |
| ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression"); |
| |
| // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types. |
| if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) { |
| // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax. |
| IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); |
| if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) { |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); |
| ObjCMethodDecl *Getter; |
| // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation. |
| if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) { |
| // Check the use of this method. |
| if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we |
| // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed. |
| Selector SetterSel = |
| SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(), |
| PP.getSelectorTable(), Member); |
| ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel); |
| if (!Setter) { |
| // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private' |
| // methods. |
| Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel); |
| } |
| // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. |
| if (!Setter) |
| Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel); |
| |
| if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| if (Getter || Setter) { |
| QualType PType; |
| |
| if (Getter) |
| PType = Getter->getResultType(); |
| else |
| // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter. |
| PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType(); |
| // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type. |
| return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, |
| PType, |
| Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); |
| } |
| return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) |
| << MemberName << BaseType); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() && |
| BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) { |
| BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType; |
| ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| } |
| |
| if (IsArrow) { |
| if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
| BaseType = PT->getPointeeType(); |
| else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
| ; |
| else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) { |
| // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.: |
| // struct MyRecord foo; |
| // foo->bar |
| // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an |
| // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with |
| // by now. |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) |
| << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); |
| IsArrow = false; |
| } else { |
| Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) |
| << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| } else { |
| // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.: |
| // type *foo; |
| // foo.bar |
| // This is actually well-formed in two cases: |
| // - 'type' is an Objective C type |
| // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to |
| // the appropriate pointer type |
| if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { |
| const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
| if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) |
| << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->"); |
| BaseType = PT->getPointeeType(); |
| IsArrow = true; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Handle field access to simple records. |
| if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(), |
| RTy, OpLoc, SS)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| return Owned((Expr*) 0); |
| } |
| |
| // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and |
| // (*Obj).ivar. |
| if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || |
| (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) { |
| const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = |
| OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceDecl() |
| : BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface(); |
| if (IDecl) { |
| IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
| ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared); |
| |
| if (!IV) { |
| // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names. |
| LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(), |
| LookupMemberName); |
| if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl, false, CTC_MemberLookup) && |
| (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) { |
| Diag(R.getNameLoc(), |
| diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest) |
| << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName() |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), |
| IV->getNameAsString()); |
| Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
| << IV->getDeclName(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (IV) { |
| // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this |
| // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading |
| // error cases. |
| if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Check whether we can reference this field. |
| if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public && |
| IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) { |
| ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0; |
| if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) |
| ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface(); |
| else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) { |
| // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation. |
| // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation |
| // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass |
| // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context |
| // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the |
| // AST for a function decl. |
| Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>(); |
| if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD = |
| dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl)) |
| ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface(); |
| else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass = |
| dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl)) |
| ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface(); |
| } |
| |
| if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) { |
| if (ClassDeclared != IDecl || |
| ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared) |
| Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) |
| << IV->getDeclName(); |
| } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl)) |
| // @protected |
| Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) |
| << IV->getDeclName(); |
| } |
| |
| return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), |
| MemberLoc, BaseExpr, |
| IsArrow)); |
| } |
| return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar) |
| << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName |
| << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); |
| } |
| } |
| // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id". |
| if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() || |
| BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) { |
| const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
| IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| |
| // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. |
| Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); |
| if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) { |
| if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) { |
| // Check the use of this declaration |
| if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(), |
| MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); |
| } |
| if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) { |
| // Check the use of this method. |
| if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| return Owned(ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context, |
| OMD->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(), |
| OpLoc, BaseExpr, Sel, |
| OMD, NULL, 0, MemberLoc)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) |
| << MemberName << BaseType); |
| } |
| |
| // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a |
| // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type. |
| if (!IsArrow) |
| if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = |
| BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) |
| return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc); |
| |
| // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa. |
| if (!IsArrow && |
| BaseType->isObjCObjectType() && |
| BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->isObjCId() && |
| MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa")) |
| return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc, |
| Context.getObjCClassType())); |
| |
| // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'. |
| if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) { |
| IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc); |
| if (ret.isNull()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member, |
| MemberLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union) |
| << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| /// The main callback when the parser finds something like |
| /// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier |
| /// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier |
| /// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of |
| /// possibilities, including destructor and operator references. |
| /// |
| /// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period |
| /// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which |
| /// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can |
| /// only be called |
| /// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl; |
| /// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations |
| /// aren't properly put in the context chain |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg, |
| SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, |
| bool HasTrailingLParen) { |
| if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer; |
| |
| // Decompose the name into its component parts. |
| DeclarationName Name; |
| SourceLocation NameLoc; |
| const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs; |
| DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, |
| Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs); |
| |
| bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow); |
| |
| NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope |
| = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, |
| static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()))); |
| |
| // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs. |
| BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg)); |
| |
| Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| OwningExprResult Result(*this); |
| if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() || |
| isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)) { |
| Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(), |
| IsArrow, OpLoc, |
| SS, FirstQualifierInScope, |
| Name, NameLoc, |
| TemplateArgs); |
| } else { |
| LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName); |
| if (TemplateArgs) { |
| // Re-use the lookup done for the template name. |
| DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id); |
| |
| // Re-derive the naming class. |
| if (SS.isSet()) { |
| NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier |
| = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS.getScopeRep()); |
| if (const Type *Ty = Qualifier->getAsType()) |
| if (CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) |
| R.setNamingClass(NamingClass); |
| } else { |
| QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); |
| if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
| BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
| if (CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) |
| R.setNamingClass(NamingClass); |
| } |
| } else { |
| Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc, |
| SS, ObjCImpDecl); |
| |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| Owned(Base); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| if (Result.get()) { |
| // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to |
| // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the |
| // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the |
| // call now. |
| if (!HasTrailingLParen && |
| Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName) |
| return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result)); |
| |
| return move(Result); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(), |
| OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope, |
| R, TemplateArgs); |
| } |
| |
| return move(Result); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| FunctionDecl *FD, |
| ParmVarDecl *Param) { |
| if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { |
| Diag (CallLoc, |
| diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) << |
| FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName(); |
| Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param], |
| diag::note_default_argument_declared_here); |
| } else { |
| if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { |
| Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); |
| |
| // Instantiate the expression. |
| MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList |
| = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true); |
| |
| InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param, |
| ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(), |
| ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size()); |
| |
| OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList); |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter. |
| InitializedEntity Entity |
| = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param); |
| InitializationKind Kind |
| = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(), |
| /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| |
| InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1); |
| Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, |
| MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1)); |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Build the default argument expression. |
| return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, |
| Result.takeAs<Expr>())); |
| } |
| |
| // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to |
| // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll |
| // be properly destroyed. |
| // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new |
| // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810. |
| for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i) |
| ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i)); |
| } |
| |
| // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works. |
| return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param)); |
| } |
| |
| /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in |
| /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with |
| /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and |
| /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this |
| /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns |
| /// true if the call is ill-formed. |
| bool |
| Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
| FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
| SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
| // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by |
| // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ... |
| unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); |
| bool Invalid = false; |
| |
| // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default |
| // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call. |
| if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) { |
| if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments()) |
| return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) |
| << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() |
| << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
| Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); |
| } |
| |
| // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop |
| // them. |
| if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) { |
| if (!Proto->isVariadic()) { |
| Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) |
| << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() |
| << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange() |
| << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), |
| Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()); |
| // This deletes the extra arguments. |
| Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs; |
| VariadicCallType CallType = |
| Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply; |
| if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) |
| CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block |
| else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn)) |
| CallType = VariadicMethod; |
| Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl, |
| Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType); |
| if (Invalid) |
| return true; |
| unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size(); |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i) |
| Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]); |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| unsigned FirstProtoArg, |
| Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
| llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, |
| VariadicCallType CallType) { |
| unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); |
| unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs; |
| bool Invalid = false; |
| if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto) |
| // Use default arguments for missing arguments |
| NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto; |
| unsigned ArgIx = 0; |
| // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args). |
| for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) { |
| QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i); |
| |
| Expr *Arg; |
| if (ArgIx < NumArgs) { |
| Arg = Args[ArgIx++]; |
| |
| if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| ProtoArgType, |
| PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) |
| << Arg->getSourceRange())) |
| return true; |
| |
| // Pass the argument |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = 0; |
| if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams()) |
| Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i); |
| |
| |
| InitializedEntity Entity = |
| Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param) |
| : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType); |
| OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, |
| SourceLocation(), |
| Owned(Arg)); |
| if (ArgE.isInvalid()) |
| return true; |
| |
| Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| } else { |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i); |
| |
| OwningExprResult ArgExpr = |
| BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param); |
| if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) |
| return true; |
| |
| Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| } |
| AllArgs.push_back(Arg); |
| } |
| |
| // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". |
| if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { |
| // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7). |
| for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) { |
| Expr *Arg = Args[i]; |
| Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType, FDecl); |
| AllArgs.push_back(Arg); |
| } |
| } |
| return Invalid; |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
| /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
| /// locations. |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| MultiExprArg args, |
| SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
| unsigned NumArgs = args.size(); |
| |
| // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
| fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn)); |
| |
| Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release()); |
| assert(Fn && "no function call expression"); |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately. |
| if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) { |
| if (NumArgs > 0) { |
| // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments. |
| Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args) |
| << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
| SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(), |
| Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd())); |
| |
| for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) |
| Args[I]->Destroy(Context); |
| |
| NumArgs = 0; |
| } |
| |
| return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy, |
| RParenLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template, |
| // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now. |
| // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in |
| // Fn. |
| bool Dependent = false; |
| if (Fn->isTypeDependent()) |
| Dependent = true; |
| else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs)) |
| Dependent = true; |
| |
| if (Dependent) |
| return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs, |
| Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc)); |
| |
| // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]). |
| if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType()) |
| return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, |
| CommaLocs, RParenLoc)); |
| |
| Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens(); |
| |
| // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function. |
| if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) { |
| // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find |
| // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded |
| // function set, which means it must contain either multiple |
| // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single |
| // method template. |
| assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) || |
| isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>( |
| (*MemE->decls_begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())); |
| (void)MemE; |
| |
| return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, |
| CommaLocs, RParenLoc); |
| } |
| |
| // Determine whether this is a call to a member function. |
| if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) { |
| NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl(); |
| if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl)) |
| return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, |
| CommaLocs, RParenLoc); |
| } |
| |
| // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function. |
| if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) { |
| if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD || |
| BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) { |
| if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT |
| = BO->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(); |
| |
| ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr> |
| TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args, |
| NumArgs, ResultTy, |
| RParenLoc)); |
| |
| if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(), |
| BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| TheCall.get(), 0)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs, |
| RParenLoc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release()); |
| } |
| return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
| << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. |
| // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent |
| // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments. |
| |
| Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens(); |
| if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) { |
| UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn); |
| return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, |
| CommaLocs, RParenLoc); |
| } |
| |
| NamedDecl *NDecl = 0; |
| if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) |
| NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl(); |
| |
| return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc); |
| } |
| |
| /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression, |
| /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should |
| /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or |
| /// block-pointer type. |
| /// |
| /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, |
| SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
| SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
| FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); |
| |
| // Promote the function operand. |
| UsualUnaryConversions(Fn); |
| |
| // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup |
| // of arguments and function on error. |
| ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, |
| Args, NumArgs, |
| Context.BoolTy, |
| RParenLoc)); |
| |
| const FunctionType *FuncT; |
| if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall |
| // have type pointer to function". |
| const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); |
| if (PT == 0) |
| return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
| << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
| FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| } else { // This is a block call. |
| FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()-> |
| getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| } |
| if (FuncT == 0) |
| return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
| << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
| |
| // Check for a valid return type |
| if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(), |
| Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(), |
| FDecl)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // We know the result type of the call, set it. |
| TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType()); |
| |
| if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) { |
| if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs, |
| RParenLoc)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| } else { |
| assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!"); |
| |
| if (FDecl) { |
| // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based |
| // on our knowledge of the function definition. |
| const FunctionDecl *Def = 0; |
| if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) { |
| const FunctionProtoType *Proto = |
| Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) { |
| Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments) |
| << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6). |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) { |
| Expr *Arg = Args[i]; |
| DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg); |
| if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| Arg->getType(), |
| PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) |
| << Arg->getSourceRange())) |
| return ExprError(); |
| TheCall->setArg(i, Arg); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) |
| if (!Method->isStatic()) |
| return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) |
| << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
| |
| // Check for sentinels |
| if (NDecl) |
| DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs); |
| |
| // Do special checking on direct calls to functions. |
| if (FDecl) { |
| if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get())) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID()) |
| return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take()); |
| } else if (NDecl) { |
| if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get())) |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take()); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty, |
| SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) { |
| assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type"); |
| // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out. |
| //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression"); |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); |
| if (!TInfo) |
| TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType); |
| |
| return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr)); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) { |
| QualType literalType = TInfo->getType(); |
| Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get()); |
| |
| if (literalType->isArrayType()) { |
| if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) |
| return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init) |
| << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())); |
| } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() && |
| RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType, |
| PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) |
| << SourceRange(LParenLoc, |
| literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| InitializedEntity Entity |
| = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType); |
| InitializationKind Kind |
| = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), |
| /*IsCStyleCast=*/true); |
| InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1); |
| OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, |
| MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1), |
| &literalType); |
| if (Result.isInvalid()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| InitExpr.release(); |
| literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get()); |
| |
| bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0; |
| if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3 |
| if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| Result.release(); |
| |
| return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType, |
| literalExpr, isFileScope)); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist, |
| SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { |
| unsigned NumInit = initlist.size(); |
| Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release()); |
| |
| // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and |
| // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized. |
| |
| InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList, |
| NumInit, RBraceLoc); |
| E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now. |
| return Owned(E); |
| } |
| |
| static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context, |
| QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) { |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy)) |
| return CastExpr::CK_NoOp; |
| |
| if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) { |
| if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) |
| return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ? |
| CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast : |
| CastExpr::CK_BitCast; |
| if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) |
| return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral; |
| } |
| |
| if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) { |
| if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) |
| return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast; |
| if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) |
| return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer; |
| if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) |
| return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating; |
| } |
| |
| if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
| if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) |
| return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast; |
| if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) |
| return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral; |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: Assert here. |
| // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!"); |
| return CastExpr::CK_Unknown; |
| } |
| |
| /// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types. |
| bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr, |
| CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, |
| CXXBaseSpecifierArray &BasePath, |
| bool FunctionalStyle) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, BasePath, |
| FunctionalStyle); |
| |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression |
| // type needs to be scalar. |
| if (castType->isVoidType()) { |
| // Cast to void allows any expr type. |
| Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) { |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) && |
| (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) { |
| // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self. |
| // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete. |
| Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar) |
| << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| if (castType->isUnionType()) { |
| // GCC cast to union extension |
| RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); |
| RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd; |
| for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); |
| Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(), |
| castExpr->getType())) { |
| Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union) |
| << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| if (Field == FieldEnd) |
| return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type) |
| << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types. |
| return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) |
| << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() && |
| !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
| return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand) |
| << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| if (castType->isExtVectorType()) |
| return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind); |
| |
| if (castType->isVectorType()) |
| return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind); |
| if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) |
| return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind); |
| |
| if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr)) |
| return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr); |
| |
| if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) { |
| QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType(); |
| if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType()) |
| return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int) |
| << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
| if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType()) |
| return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int) |
| << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
| CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) { |
| assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!"); |
| |
| if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) { |
| if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) |
| return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
| Ty->isVectorType() ? |
| diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : |
| diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer) |
| << VectorTy << Ty << R; |
| } else |
| return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
| diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) |
| << VectorTy << Ty << R; |
| |
| Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr, |
| CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) { |
| assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!"); |
| |
| QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType(); |
| |
| // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to |
| // an ExtVectorType. |
| if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) { |
| if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) |
| return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors) |
| << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
| Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate |
| // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then |
| // splat from elt type to vector. |
| if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) |
| return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
| diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) |
| << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
| |
| QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); |
| ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy, |
| getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy)); |
| |
| Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty, |
| SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) { |
| assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) && |
| "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr"); |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo; |
| QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo); |
| if (!castTInfo) |
| castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType); |
| |
| // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially. |
| Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get(); |
| if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr)) |
| return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op), |
| castTInfo); |
| |
| return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op)); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
| SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) { |
| Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get()); |
| |
| CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown; |
| CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath; |
| if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr, |
| Kind, BasePath)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| Op.release(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(), |
| Kind, castExpr, BasePath, Ty, |
| LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence |
| /// of comma binary operators. |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) { |
| Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr); |
| if (!E) |
| return Owned(expr); |
| |
| OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0)); |
| |
| for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i) |
| Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result), |
| Owned(E->getExpr(i))); |
| |
| return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result)); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op, |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
| ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get(); |
| QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); |
| |
| // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')' |
| // then handle it as such. |
| if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) { |
| if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) { |
| Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs; |
| for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i) |
| initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i)); |
| |
| // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly |
| // braces instead of the original commas. |
| Op.release(); |
| InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc, |
| &initExprs[0], |
| initExprs.size(), RParenLoc); |
| E->setType(Ty); |
| return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E)); |
| } else { |
| // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a |
| // sequence of BinOp comma operators. |
| Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op)); |
| return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
| SourceLocation R, |
| MultiExprArg Val, |
| TypeTy *TypeOfCast) { |
| unsigned nexprs = Val.size(); |
| Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release()); |
| assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list"); |
| Expr *expr; |
| if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast)) |
| expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]); |
| else |
| expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R); |
| return Owned(expr); |
| } |
| |
| /// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension. |
| /// In that case, lhs = cond. |
| /// C99 6.5.15 |
| QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS, |
| SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
| // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker. |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); |
| |
| UsualUnaryConversions(Cond); |
| UsualUnaryConversions(LHS); |
| UsualUnaryConversions(RHS); |
| QualType CondTy = Cond->getType(); |
| QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType(); |
| QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType(); |
| |
| // first, check the condition. |
| if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2 |
| Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) |
| << CondTy; |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // Now check the two expressions. |
| if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType()) |
| return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); |
| |
| // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions |
| // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5. |
| if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) { |
| UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); |
| return LHS->getType(); |
| } |
| |
| // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that |
| // type. |
| if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3 |
| if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) |
| if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl()) |
| // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has |
| // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped. |
| return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType(); |
| // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode. |
| } |
| |
| // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type." |
| // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism). |
| if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) { |
| if (!LHSTy->isVoidType()) |
| Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) |
| << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| if (!RHSTy->isVoidType()) |
| Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) |
| << LHS->getSourceRange(); |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid); |
| return Context.VoidTy; |
| } |
| // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has |
| // the type of the other operand." |
| if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) && |
| RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
| // promote the null to a pointer. |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) && |
| LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
| return RHSTy; |
| } |
| |
| // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here. |
| QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, |
| QuestionLoc); |
| if (!compositeType.isNull()) |
| return compositeType; |
| |
| |
| // Handle block pointer types. |
| if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { |
| QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return destType; |
| } |
| Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
| << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| // We have 2 block pointer types. |
| if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { |
| // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible. |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking. |
| QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), |
| rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) { |
| Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) |
| << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good |
| // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick |
| // to get a consistent AST. |
| QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return incompatTy; |
| } |
| // The block pointer types are compatible. |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| |
| // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6). |
| if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) { |
| // get the "pointed to" types |
| QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6) |
| if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { |
| // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6) |
| QualType destPointee |
| = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); |
| QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
| // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); |
| // Promote to void*. |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return destType; |
| } |
| if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { |
| QualType destPointee |
| = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); |
| QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
| // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); |
| // Promote to void*. |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return destType; |
| } |
| |
| if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { |
| // Two identical pointer types are always compatible. |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), |
| rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) { |
| Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) |
| << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good |
| // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick |
| // to get a consistent AST. |
| QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return incompatTy; |
| } |
| // The pointer types are compatible. |
| // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to |
| // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is |
| // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite* |
| // type. |
| // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type. |
| // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| |
| // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. |
| if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) { |
| Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) |
| << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
| return RHSTy; |
| } |
| if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) { |
| Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) |
| << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| |
| // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible. |
| Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
| << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of |
| /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions. |
| QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS, |
| SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
| QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType(); |
| QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType(); |
| |
| // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result |
| // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the |
| // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields. |
| if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() && |
| (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() && |
| (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return RHSTy; |
| } |
| // And the same for struct objc_object* / id |
| if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() && |
| (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() && |
| (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return RHSTy; |
| } |
| // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL |
| if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) && |
| (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) && |
| (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return RHSTy; |
| } |
| // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types. |
| if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
| |
| if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { |
| // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible. |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
| const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
| QualType compositeType = LHSTy; |
| |
| // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be |
| // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite |
| // type. This allows |
| // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b |
| // where B is a subclass of A. |
| // |
| // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id' |
| // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are |
| // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite |
| // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to. |
| |
| // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'. |
| // It could return the composite type. |
| if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) { |
| compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy; |
| } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) { |
| compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy; |
| } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || |
| RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && |
| Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) { |
| // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. |
| // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to |
| // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be |
| // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible. |
| compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
| } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) { |
| compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
| } else if (!(compositeType = |
| Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) |
| ; |
| else { |
| Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
| << LHSTy << RHSTy |
| << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return incompatTy; |
| } |
| // The object pointer types are compatible. |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return compositeType; |
| } |
| // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *' |
| if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
| QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| QualType destPointee |
| = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); |
| QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
| // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); |
| // Promote to void*. |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return destType; |
| } |
| if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { |
| QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| QualType destPointee |
| = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); |
| QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
| // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
| ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); |
| // Promote to void*. |
| ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return destType; |
| } |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
| /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
| SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS, |
| ExprArg RHS) { |
| Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get(); |
| Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get(); |
| |
| // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS |
| // was the condition. |
| bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0; |
| if (isLHSNull) |
| LHSExpr = CondExpr; |
| |
| QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr, |
| RHSExpr, QuestionLoc); |
| if (result.isNull()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| Cond.release(); |
| LHS.release(); |
| RHS.release(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc, |
| isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr, |
| ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result)); |
| } |
| |
| // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite |
| // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this |
| // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee. |
| // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3]. |
| // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment. |
| Sema::AssignConvertType |
| Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { |
| QualType lhptee, rhptee; |
| |
| if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() && |
| (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) || |
| (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && |
| (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) { |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| |
| // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) |
| lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| // make sure we operate on the canonical type |
| lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); |
| rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); |
| |
| AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible; |
| |
| // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints |
| // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the |
| // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right; |
| // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType |
| if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee)) |
| ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
| |
| // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or |
| // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified |
| // version of void... |
| if (lhptee->isVoidType()) { |
| if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) |
| return ConvTy; |
| |
| // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. |
| assert(rhptee->isFunctionType()); |
| return FunctionVoidPointer; |
| } |
| |
| if (rhptee->isVoidType()) { |
| if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) |
| return ConvTy; |
| |
| // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. |
| assert(lhptee->isFunctionType()); |
| return FunctionVoidPointer; |
| } |
| // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or |
| // unqualified versions of compatible types, ... |
| lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(); |
| rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(); |
| if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) { |
| // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign. |
| // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs |
| // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned. |
| if (lhptee->isCharType()) |
| lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
| else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) |
| lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee); |
| |
| if (rhptee->isCharType()) |
| rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
| else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) |
| rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee); |
| |
| if (lhptee == rhptee) { |
| // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility |
| // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign |
| // warning can be disabled. |
| if (ConvTy != Compatible) |
| return ConvTy; |
| return IncompatiblePointerSign; |
| } |
| |
| // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply |
| // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If |
| // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same |
| // level of indirection, this must be the issue. |
| if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) { |
| do { |
| lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); |
| rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); |
| } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()); |
| |
| if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee)) |
| return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers; |
| } |
| |
| // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers. |
| return IncompatiblePointer; |
| } |
| return ConvTy; |
| } |
| |
| /// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two |
| /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer |
| /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer |
| // types. |
| Sema::AssignConvertType |
| Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, |
| QualType rhsType) { |
| QualType lhptee, rhptee; |
| |
| // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) |
| lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| // make sure we operate on the canonical type |
| lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); |
| rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); |
| |
| AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible; |
| |
| // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical. |
| if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) |
| ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
| |
| if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) |
| return IncompatibleBlockPointer; |
| } |
| else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) |
| return IncompatibleBlockPointer; |
| return ConvTy; |
| } |
| |
| /// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types |
| /// for assignment compatibility. |
| Sema::AssignConvertType |
| Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { |
| if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { |
| // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
| if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() && |
| !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) |
| return IncompatiblePointer; |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { |
| // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
| if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() && |
| !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) |
| return IncompatiblePointer; |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| QualType lhptee = |
| lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| QualType rhptee = |
| rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| // make sure we operate on the canonical type |
| lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); |
| rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); |
| if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee)) |
| return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
| |
| if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) |
| return Compatible; |
| if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) |
| return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId; |
| return IncompatiblePointer; |
| } |
| |
| /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently |
| /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking |
| /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings: |
| /// |
| /// int a, *pint; |
| /// short *pshort; |
| /// struct foo *pfoo; |
| /// |
| /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type |
| /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast |
| /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast |
| /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type |
| /// |
| /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the |
| /// C99 spec dictates. |
| /// |
| Sema::AssignConvertType |
| Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { |
| // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing |
| // them. |
| lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
| rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
| |
| if (lhsType == rhsType) |
| return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match. |
| |
| if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() && |
| (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) || |
| (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && |
| (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) { |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| |
| // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a |
| // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C, |
| // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case, |
| // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the |
| // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting |
| // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference |
| // type. |
| if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
| if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType)) |
| return Compatible; |
| return Incompatible; |
| } |
| // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type |
| // to the same ExtVector type. |
| if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) { |
| if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) |
| return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible; |
| if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType()) |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| |
| if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) { |
| // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both |
| // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast; |
| // no bits are changed but the result type is different. |
| if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions && |
| lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) { |
| if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType)) |
| return IncompatibleVectors; |
| } |
| return Incompatible; |
| } |
| |
| if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType() && |
| !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && lhsType->isEnumeralType())) |
| return Compatible; |
| |
| if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) { |
| if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) |
| return IntToPointer; |
| |
| if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) |
| return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); |
| |
| // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
| if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) { |
| if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. |
| return Compatible; |
| return IncompatiblePointer; |
| } |
| if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
| if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
| return Compatible; |
| |
| // Treat block pointers as objects. |
| if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType()) |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| return Incompatible; |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) { |
| if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) |
| return IntToBlockPointer; |
| |
| // Treat block pointers as objects. |
| if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType()) |
| return Compatible; |
| |
| if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) |
| return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); |
| |
| if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| return Incompatible; |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) { |
| if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) |
| return IntToPointer; |
| |
| // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
| if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) { |
| if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. |
| return Compatible; |
| return IncompatiblePointer; |
| } |
| if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
| return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); |
| } |
| if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| // Treat block pointers as objects. |
| if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) |
| return Compatible; |
| return Incompatible; |
| } |
| if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) { |
| // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer. |
| if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) |
| return Compatible; |
| |
| if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) |
| return PointerToInt; |
| |
| if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) |
| return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); |
| |
| if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) && |
| rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
| return Compatible; |
| return Incompatible; |
| } |
| if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) { |
| // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer. |
| if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) |
| return Compatible; |
| |
| if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) |
| return PointerToInt; |
| |
| // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
| if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) { |
| if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. |
| return Compatible; |
| return IncompatiblePointer; |
| } |
| if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) && |
| rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
| return Compatible; |
| return Incompatible; |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) { |
| if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| return Incompatible; |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is |
| /// used to initialize the transparent union. |
| static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E, |
| QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) { |
| // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member |
| // of the transparent union. |
| InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(), |
| &E, 1, |
| SourceLocation()); |
| Initializer->setType(UnionType); |
| Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field); |
| |
| // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent |
| // union type from this initializer list. |
| TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType); |
| E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType, |
| Initializer, false); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::AssignConvertType |
| Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) { |
| QualType FromType = rExpr->getType(); |
| |
| // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential |
| // transparent_union GCC extension. |
| const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType(); |
| if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) |
| return Incompatible; |
| |
| // The field to initialize within the transparent union. |
| RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); |
| FieldDecl *InitField = 0; |
| // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. |
| for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), |
| itend = UD->field_end(); |
| it != itend; ++it) { |
| if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
| // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow: |
| // 1) void pointer |
| // 2) null pointer constant |
| if (FromType->isPointerType()) |
| if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| InitField = *it; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
| InitField = *it; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType()) |
| == Compatible) { |
| InitField = *it; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!InitField) |
| return Incompatible; |
| |
| ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField); |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| |
| Sema::AssignConvertType |
| Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) { |
| // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the |
| // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the |
| // cv-unqualified type of the left operand. |
| if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(), |
| AA_Assigning)) |
| return Incompatible; |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C |
| // structures. |
| } |
| |
| // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is |
| // a null pointer constant. |
| if ((lhsType->isPointerType() || |
| lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| lhsType->isBlockPointerType()) |
| && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
| return Compatible; |
| } |
| |
| // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper |
| // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all |
| // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary |
| // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof). |
| // |
| // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5. |
| if (!lhsType->isReferenceType()) |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr); |
| |
| Sema::AssignConvertType result = |
| CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType()); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the |
| // type of the assignment expression. |
| // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference, |
| // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C. |
| // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression |
| // does not have reference type. |
| if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType) |
| ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(), |
| CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
| << lex->getType() << rex->getType() |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) { |
| // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
| // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
| QualType lhsType = |
| Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
| QualType rhsType = |
| Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
| |
| // If the vector types are identical, return. |
| if (lhsType == rhsType) |
| return lhsType; |
| |
| // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element |
| // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday. |
| if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) { |
| // FIXME: Should we warn here? |
| if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
| if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) |
| if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() && |
| LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) { |
| if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return lhsType; |
| } |
| |
| ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return rhsType; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can |
| // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance. |
| bool swapped = false; |
| if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) { |
| swapped = true; |
| std::swap(rex, lex); |
| std::swap(rhsType, lhsType); |
| } |
| |
| // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar. |
| if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) { |
| QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType(); |
| if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) { |
| if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); |
| if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex); |
| return lhsType; |
| } |
| } |
| if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() && |
| rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) { |
| if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast); |
| if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex); |
| return lhsType; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors. |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable) |
| << lex->getType() << rex->getType() |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( |
| Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) { |
| if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) |
| return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| |
| QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); |
| |
| if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() || |
| !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| |
| // Check for division by zero. |
| if (isDiv && |
| rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero) |
| << rex->getSourceRange()); |
| |
| return compType; |
| } |
| |
| QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands( |
| Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { |
| if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
| if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
| return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| } |
| |
| QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); |
| |
| if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| |
| // Check for remainder by zero. |
| if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero) |
| << rex->getSourceRange()); |
| |
| return compType; |
| } |
| |
| QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
| Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) { |
| if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
| QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
| return compType; |
| } |
| |
| QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy); |
| |
| // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). |
| if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && |
| rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
| if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
| return compType; |
| } |
| |
| // Put any potential pointer into PExp |
| Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex; |
| if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) |
| std::swap(PExp, IExp); |
| |
| if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { |
| |
| if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) { |
| QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types. |
| if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) |
| << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
| << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); |
| } else { |
| // Check if we require a complete type. |
| if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() && |
| !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) || |
| PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) && |
| RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy, |
| PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type) |
| << PExp->getSourceRange() |
| << PExp->getType())) |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
| if (PointeeTy->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) |
| << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| if (CompLHSTy) { |
| QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex); |
| if (LHSTy.isNull()) { |
| LHSTy = lex->getType(); |
| if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); |
| } |
| *CompLHSTy = LHSTy; |
| } |
| return PExp->getType(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| } |
| |
| // C99 6.5.6 |
| QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, |
| SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) { |
| if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
| QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
| return compType; |
| } |
| |
| QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy); |
| |
| // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3. |
| |
| // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). |
| if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() |
| && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
| if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
| return compType; |
| } |
| |
| // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr. |
| if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { |
| QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type. |
| |
| bool ComplainAboutVoid = false; |
| Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0; |
| if (lpointee->isVoidType()) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void |
| ComplainAboutVoid = true; |
| } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) |
| << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function |
| ComplainAboutFunc = lex; |
| } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() && |
| RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee, |
| PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object) |
| << lex->getSourceRange() |
| << lex->getType())) |
| return QualType(); |
| |
| // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
| if (lpointee->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) |
| << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type. |
| if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) { |
| if (ComplainAboutVoid) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| if (ComplainAboutFunc) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
| << ComplainAboutFunc->getType() |
| << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType(); |
| return lex->getType(); |
| } |
| |
| // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions. |
| if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| // RHS must be a completely-type object type. |
| // Handle the GNU void* extension. |
| if (rpointee->isVoidType()) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| ComplainAboutVoid = true; |
| } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) |
| << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function |
| if (!ComplainAboutFunc) |
| ComplainAboutFunc = rex; |
| } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() && |
| RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee, |
| PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object) |
| << rex->getSourceRange() |
| << rex->getType())) |
| return QualType(); |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add] |
| if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) |
| << lex->getType() << rex->getType() |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| } else { |
| // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3 |
| if (!Context.typesAreCompatible( |
| Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(), |
| Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) |
| << lex->getType() << rex->getType() |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (ComplainAboutVoid) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| if (ComplainAboutFunc) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
| << ComplainAboutFunc->getType() |
| << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType(); |
| return Context.getPointerDiffType(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| } |
| |
| // C99 6.5.7 |
| QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, |
| bool isCompAssign) { |
| // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type. |
| if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| |
| // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type. |
| if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) |
| return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| |
| // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer |
| // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3 |
| QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex); |
| if (LHSTy.isNull()) { |
| LHSTy = lex->getType(); |
| if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); |
| } |
| if (!isCompAssign) |
| ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); |
| |
| UsualUnaryConversions(rex); |
| |
| // Sanity-check shift operands |
| llvm::APSInt Right; |
| // Check right/shifter operand |
| if (!rex->isValueDependent() && |
| rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) { |
| if (Right.isNegative()) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| else { |
| llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(), |
| Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType())); |
| if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand." |
| return LHSTy; |
| } |
| |
| // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel] |
| QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, |
| unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) { |
| BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc; |
| |
| // Handle vector comparisons separately. |
| if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) |
| return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational); |
| |
| QualType lType = lex->getType(); |
| QualType rType = rex->getType(); |
| |
| if (!lType->isFloatingType() |
| && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) { |
| // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
| // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
| // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
| // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise |
| // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate. |
| Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens(); |
| Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens(); |
| if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped)) |
| if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped)) { |
| if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() && |
| !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl())) { |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) |
| << 0 // self- |
| << (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ |
| || Opc == BinaryOperator::LE |
| || Opc == BinaryOperator::GE)); |
| } else if (lType->isArrayType() && rType->isArrayType() && |
| !DRL->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType() && |
| !DRR->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) { |
| // what is it always going to eval to? |
| char always_evals_to; |
| switch(Opc) { |
| case BinaryOperator::EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2 |
| always_evals_to = 0; // false |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::NE: // e.g. array1 != array2 |
| always_evals_to = 1; // true |
| break; |
| default: |
| // best we can say is 'a constant' |
| always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2 |
| break; |
| } |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) |
| << 1 // array |
| << always_evals_to); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped)) |
| LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
| if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped)) |
| RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
| |
| // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other |
| // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp. |
| Expr *literalString = 0; |
| Expr *literalStringStripped = 0; |
| if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) && |
| !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
| literalString = lex; |
| literalStringStripped = LHSStripped; |
| } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) || |
| isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) && |
| !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
| literalString = rex; |
| literalStringStripped = RHSStripped; |
| } |
| |
| if (literalString) { |
| std::string resultComparison; |
| switch (Opc) { |
| case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break; |
| case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break; |
| case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break; |
| case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break; |
| case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break; |
| case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break; |
| default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator"); |
| } |
| |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, |
| PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare) |
| << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped) |
| << literalString->getSourceRange()); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4 |
| if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) |
| UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex); |
| else { |
| UsualUnaryConversions(lex); |
| UsualUnaryConversions(rex); |
| } |
| |
| lType = lex->getType(); |
| rType = rex->getType(); |
| |
| // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C. |
| QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy; |
| |
| if (isRelational) { |
| if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType()) |
| return ResultTy; |
| } else { |
| // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
| if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType()) |
| CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex); |
| |
| if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType()) |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| |
| bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); |
| bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); |
| |
| // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except |
| // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them |
| // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled). |
| if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2 |
| QualType LCanPointeeTy = |
| Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); |
| QualType RCanPointeeTy = |
| Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy) |
| return ResultTy; |
| if (!isRelational && |
| (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { |
| // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer |
| // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison. |
| if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) |
| && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| } |
| // C++ [expr.rel]p2: |
| // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification |
| // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on |
| // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring |
| // them to their composite pointer type. [...] |
| // |
| // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality |
| // comparisons of pointers. |
| bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; |
| QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex, |
| isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType); |
| if (T.isNull()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) { |
| Diag(Loc, |
| diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard) |
| << lType << rType << T |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2 |
| if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), |
| RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) { |
| // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers |
| if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| } else if (!isRelational && |
| (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { |
| // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer |
| if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) |
| && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| } else { |
| // Invalid |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality |
| // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants. |
| if (RHSIsNull && |
| (lType->isPointerType() || |
| (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| if (LHSIsNull && |
| (rType->isPointerType() || |
| (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| |
| // Comparison of member pointers. |
| if (!isRelational && |
| lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) { |
| // C++ [expr.eq]p2: |
| // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to |
| // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions |
| // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring |
| // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant, |
| // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the |
| // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type |
| // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4) |
| // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand |
| // types. |
| bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; |
| QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex, |
| isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType); |
| if (T.isNull()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) { |
| Diag(Loc, |
| diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard) |
| << lType << rType << T |
| << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| |
| // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself. |
| if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType()) |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| |
| // Handle block pointer types. |
| if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && |
| !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants. |
| if (!isRelational |
| && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) |
| || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) { |
| if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
| if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>() |
| ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
| || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>() |
| ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()))) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| |
| if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { |
| if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) { |
| const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
| const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
| bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? |
| Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false; |
| bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? |
| Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false; |
| |
| if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid && |
| !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
| if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) |
| Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| } |
| if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) { |
| unsigned DiagID = 0; |
| if (RHSIsNull) { |
| if (isRelational) |
| DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; |
| } else if (isRelational) |
| DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
| else |
| DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
| |
| if (DiagID) { |
| Diag(Loc, DiagID) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) { |
| unsigned DiagID = 0; |
| if (LHSIsNull) { |
| if (isRelational) |
| DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; |
| } else if (isRelational) |
| DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
| else |
| DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
| |
| if (DiagID) { |
| Diag(Loc, DiagID) |
| << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| // Handle block pointers. |
| if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull |
| && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull |
| && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
| return ResultTy; |
| } |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| } |
| |
| /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that |
| /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result, |
| /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer |
| /// types. |
| QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, |
| SourceLocation Loc, |
| bool isRelational) { |
| // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, |
| // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. |
| QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| if (vType.isNull()) |
| return vType; |
| |
| QualType lType = lex->getType(); |
| QualType rType = rex->getType(); |
| |
| // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
| // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
| // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
| if (!lType->isFloatingType()) { |
| if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens())) |
| if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens())) |
| if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl()) |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, |
| PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) |
| << 0 // self- |
| << 2 // "a constant" |
| ); |
| } |
| |
| // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
| if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) { |
| assert (rType->isFloatingType()); |
| CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex); |
| } |
| |
| // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for |
| // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of |
| // elements for floating point vectors. |
| if (lType->isIntegerType()) |
| return lType; |
| |
| const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
| unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType()); |
| if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) |
| return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
| if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) |
| return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
| |
| assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && |
| "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare"); |
| return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
| } |
| |
| inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands( |
| Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { |
| if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) |
| return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| |
| QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); |
| |
| if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
| return compType; |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| } |
| |
| inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
| Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) { |
| if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| UsualUnaryConversions(lex); |
| UsualUnaryConversions(rex); |
| |
| if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType()) |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| |
| return Context.IntTy; |
| } |
| |
| // The following is safe because we only use this method for |
| // non-overloadable operands. |
| |
| // C++ [expr.log.and]p1 |
| // C++ [expr.log.or]p1 |
| // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool. |
| if (PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(lex) || |
| PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(rex)) |
| return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| |
| // C++ [expr.log.and]p2 |
| // C++ [expr.log.or]p2 |
| // The result is a bool. |
| return Context.BoolTy; |
| } |
| |
| /// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression |
| /// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression |
| /// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially. |
| /// |
| static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) { |
| if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) { |
| const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E); |
| if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) { |
| QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType(); |
| if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = |
| BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) |
| if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) |
| if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace)) |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not, |
| /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false. |
| static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) { |
| SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc; |
| Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context, |
| &Loc); |
| if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S)) |
| IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty; |
| if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid) |
| return false; |
| |
| unsigned Diag = 0; |
| bool NeedType = false; |
| switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2 |
| case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break; |
| case Expr::MLV_ArrayType: |
| Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
| NeedType = true; |
| break; |
| case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType: |
| Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
| NeedType = true; |
| break; |
| case Expr::MLV_LValueCast: |
| Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported; |
| break; |
| case Expr::MLV_Valid: |
| llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid"); |
| case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression: |
| case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction: |
| case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary: |
| Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
| break; |
| case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType: |
| case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType: |
| return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(), |
| S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue) |
| << E->getSourceRange()); |
| case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents: |
| Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue; |
| break; |
| case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified: |
| Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
| break; |
| case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty: |
| Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment; |
| break; |
| case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty: |
| Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment; |
| break; |
| case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting: |
| Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| SourceRange Assign; |
| if (Loc != OrigLoc) |
| Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); |
| if (NeedType) |
| S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
| else |
| S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| |
| |
| // C99 6.5.16.1 |
| QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, |
| SourceLocation Loc, |
| QualType CompoundType) { |
| // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not. |
| if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this)) |
| return QualType(); |
| |
| QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); |
| QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType; |
| AssignConvertType ConvTy; |
| if (CompoundType.isNull()) { |
| QualType LHSTy(LHSType); |
| // Simple assignment "x = y". |
| if (const ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr *OISGE = |
| dyn_cast<ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr>(LHS)) { |
| // If using property-dot syntax notation for assignment, and there is a |
| // setter, RHS expression is being passed to the setter argument. So, |
| // type conversion (and comparison) is RHS to setter's argument type. |
| if (const ObjCMethodDecl *SetterMD = OISGE->getSetterMethod()) { |
| ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = SetterMD->param_begin(); |
| LHSTy = (*P)->getType(); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS); |
| // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types. |
| if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer && |
| ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) && |
| RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || |
| (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) && |
| LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) |
| ConvTy = Compatible; |
| |
| // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are |
| // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4" |
| // instead of "x += 4". |
| Expr *RHSCheck = RHS; |
| if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck)) |
| RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
| if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) { |
| if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus || |
| UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) && |
| Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() && |
| // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent. |
| Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() && |
| // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the |
| // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1". |
| Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() && |
| UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) { |
| Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign) |
| << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-") |
| << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc()); |
| } |
| } |
| } else { |
| // Compound assignment "x += y" |
| ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType); |
| } |
| |
| if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType, |
| RHS, AA_Assigning)) |
| return QualType(); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the |
| // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case |
| // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand. |
| // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand |
| // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above). |
| // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left |
| // operand. |
| return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
| } |
| |
| // C99 6.5.17 |
| QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) { |
| // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions. |
| // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1). |
| if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS); |
| |
| // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be |
| // incomplete in C++). |
| |
| return RHS->getType(); |
| } |
| |
| /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine |
| /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions. |
| QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| bool isInc, bool isPrefix) { |
| if (Op->isTypeDependent()) |
| return Context.DependentTy; |
| |
| QualType ResType = Op->getType(); |
| assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression"); |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) { |
| // Decrement of bool is not allowed. |
| if (!isInc) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated. |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| } else if (ResType->isRealType()) { |
| // OK! |
| } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) { |
| QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2 |
| if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) |
| << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C. |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) |
| << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
| << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy, |
| PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type) |
| << Op->getSourceRange() |
| << ResType)) |
| return QualType(); |
| // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
| else if (PointeeTy->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) |
| << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) { |
| // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension. |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex) |
| << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| } else { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement) |
| << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type. |
| // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue. |
| if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this)) |
| return QualType(); |
| // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise |
| // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the |
| // operand. |
| return isPrefix && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus |
| ? ResType : ResType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
| } |
| |
| /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand(). |
| /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions |
| /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to |
| /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator |
| /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples: |
| /// - &(x) => x |
| /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator. |
| /// - &s.xx => s |
| /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array |
| /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array |
| /// - &"123"[2] -> 0 |
| /// - & __real__ x -> x |
| static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) { |
| switch (E->getStmtClass()) { |
| case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: |
| return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl(); |
| case Stmt::MemberExprClass: |
| // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from |
| // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is |
| // irrelevant. |
| if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow()) |
| return 0; |
| // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base |
| return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase()); |
| case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { |
| // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit |
| // promotion of register arrays earlier. |
| Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(); |
| if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) { |
| if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType()) |
| return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr()); |
| } |
| return 0; |
| } |
| case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
| UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); |
| |
| switch(UO->getOpcode()) { |
| case UnaryOperator::Real: |
| case UnaryOperator::Imag: |
| case UnaryOperator::Extension: |
| return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr()); |
| default: |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } |
| case Stmt::ParenExprClass: |
| return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); |
| case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: |
| // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about |
| // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter. |
| return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); |
| default: |
| return 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function |
| /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the |
| /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field. |
| /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the & |
| /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue. |
| /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case |
| /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type. |
| QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
| // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks |
| op = op->IgnoreParens(); |
| |
| if (op->isTypeDependent()) |
| return Context.DependentTy; |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().C99) { |
| // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules. |
| if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) { |
| if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref) |
| // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result |
| // (assuming the deref expression is valid). |
| return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType(); |
| } |
| // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript |
| // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway. |
| } |
| NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op); |
| Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context); |
| |
| MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op); |
| if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME && |
| isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { |
| ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl(); |
| // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f |
| // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl |
| // branch of the if, below. |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) |
| << dcl; |
| // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit. |
| |
| // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified. |
| return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), |
| Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext())) |
| .getTypePtr()); |
| } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary |
| : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary) |
| << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); |
| if (isSFINAEContext()) |
| return QualType(); |
| } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { |
| // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
| // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator |
| if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) { |
| // FIXME: emit more specific diag... |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) |
| << op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
| // The operand cannot be a bit-field |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) |
| << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) { |
| // The operand cannot be an element of a vector |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) |
| << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) { |
| // cannot take address of a property expression. |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) |
| << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) { |
| // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here? |
| if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull()) |
| return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc); |
| } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) { |
| return Context.OverloadTy; |
| } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
| // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared |
| // with the register storage-class specifier. |
| if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) { |
| if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) |
| << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { |
| return Context.OverloadTy; |
| } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) { |
| // Okay: we can take the address of a field. |
| // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit |
| // scope qualifier for the class. |
| if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) { |
| DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext(); |
| if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) { |
| if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) { |
| Diag(OpLoc, |
| diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type) |
| << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), |
| Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr()); |
| } |
| } |
| } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) { |
| // Okay: we can take the address of a function. |
| // As above. |
| if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() && |
| MD->isInstance()) |
| return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), |
| Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr()); |
| } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) |
| assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type"); |
| } |
| |
| if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { |
| // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we |
| // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid. |
| // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;". |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange(); |
| } |
| |
| // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". |
| return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); |
| } |
| |
| QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
| if (Op->isTypeDependent()) |
| return Context.DependentTy; |
| |
| UsualUnaryConversions(Op); |
| QualType Ty = Op->getType(); |
| |
| // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an |
| // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing |
| // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is |
| // unlikely to catch any mistakes. |
| if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) |
| return PT->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| return OPT->getPointeeType(); |
| |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer) |
| << Ty << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| return QualType(); |
| } |
| |
| static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode( |
| tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
| BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc; |
| switch (Kind) { |
| default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!"); |
| case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break; |
| case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break; |
| case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break; |
| case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break; |
| case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break; |
| case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break; |
| case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break; |
| case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break; |
| case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break; |
| case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break; |
| case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break; |
| case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break; |
| case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break; |
| case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break; |
| case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break; |
| case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break; |
| case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break; |
| case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break; |
| case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break; |
| case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break; |
| case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break; |
| case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break; |
| case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break; |
| case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break; |
| case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break; |
| case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break; |
| case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break; |
| case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break; |
| case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break; |
| case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break; |
| case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break; |
| case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break; |
| } |
| return Opc; |
| } |
| |
| static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode( |
| tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
| UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc; |
| switch (Kind) { |
| default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!"); |
| case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break; |
| case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break; |
| case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break; |
| case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break; |
| case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break; |
| case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break; |
| case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break; |
| case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break; |
| case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break; |
| case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break; |
| case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break; |
| } |
| return Opc; |
| } |
| |
| /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with |
| /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports |
| /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators. |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| unsigned Op, |
| Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) { |
| QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator. |
| BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op; |
| // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators |
| QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation |
| QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result |
| |
| switch (Opc) { |
| case BinaryOperator::Assign: |
| ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType()); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD: |
| case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI: |
| ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, |
| Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::Mul: |
| case BinaryOperator::Div: |
| ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false, |
| Opc == BinaryOperator::Div); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::Rem: |
| ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::Add: |
| ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::Sub: |
| ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::Shl: |
| case BinaryOperator::Shr: |
| ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::LE: |
| case BinaryOperator::LT: |
| case BinaryOperator::GE: |
| case BinaryOperator::GT: |
| ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::EQ: |
| case BinaryOperator::NE: |
| ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::And: |
| case BinaryOperator::Xor: |
| case BinaryOperator::Or: |
| ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::LAnd: |
| case BinaryOperator::LOr: |
| ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::MulAssign: |
| case BinaryOperator::DivAssign: |
| CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true, |
| Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign); |
| CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
| if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::RemAssign: |
| CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); |
| CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
| if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::AddAssign: |
| CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); |
| if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::SubAssign: |
| CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); |
| if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign: |
| case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign: |
| CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); |
| CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
| if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::AndAssign: |
| case BinaryOperator::XorAssign: |
| case BinaryOperator::OrAssign: |
| CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); |
| CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
| if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
| break; |
| case BinaryOperator::Comma: |
| ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| break; |
| } |
| if (ResultTy.isNull()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| if (CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc)); |
| else |
| return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, |
| CompLHSTy, CompResultTy, |
| OpLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps |
| /// ParenRange in parentheses. |
| static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc, |
| const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| const PartialDiagnostic &FirstNote, |
| SourceRange FirstParenRange, |
| const PartialDiagnostic &SecondNote, |
| SourceRange SecondParenRange) { |
| Self.Diag(Loc, PD); |
| |
| if (!FirstNote.getDiagID()) |
| return; |
| |
| SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstParenRange.getEnd()); |
| if (!FirstParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) { |
| // We can't display the parentheses, so just return. |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| Self.Diag(Loc, FirstNote) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstParenRange.getBegin(), "(") |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")"); |
| |
| if (!SecondNote.getDiagID()) |
| return; |
| |
| EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd()); |
| if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) { |
| // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the |
| // warning/error and return. |
| Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(") |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")"); |
| } |
| |
| /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison |
| /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that |
| /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of |
| /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1". |
| static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, |
| SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){ |
| typedef BinaryOperator BinOp; |
| BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1), |
| rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1); |
| if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs)) |
| lhsopc = BO->getOpcode(); |
| if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs)) |
| rhsopc = BO->getOpcode(); |
| |
| // Subs are not binary operators. |
| if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1) |
| return; |
| |
| // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops. |
| // Don't diagnose this. |
| if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) && |
| (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc))) |
| return; |
| |
| if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc)) |
| SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
| Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) |
| << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc) |
| << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc), |
| Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) |
| << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc), |
| SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()), |
| Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence) |
| << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc), |
| lhs->getSourceRange()); |
| else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc)) |
| SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
| Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) |
| << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd()) |
| << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc), |
| Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) |
| << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc), |
| SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()), |
| Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence) |
| << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc), |
| rhs->getSourceRange()); |
| } |
| |
| /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky |
| /// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3". |
| /// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does. |
| static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, |
| SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){ |
| if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc)) |
| DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs); |
| } |
| |
| // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
| tok::TokenKind Kind, |
| ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) { |
| BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind); |
| Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| |
| assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression"); |
| assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression"); |
| |
| // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0" |
| DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs); |
| |
| return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, |
| Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) { |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() || |
| rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) { |
| // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this |
| // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local |
| // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of |
| // the arguments. |
| UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; |
| OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
| if (S && OverOp != OO_None) |
| LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(), |
| Functions); |
| |
| // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent) |
| // binary operation. |
| return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs); |
| } |
| |
| // Build a built-in binary operation. |
| return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| unsigned OpcIn, |
| ExprArg InputArg) { |
| UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn); |
| |
| // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately. |
| Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get(); |
| QualType resultType; |
| switch (Opc) { |
| case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf: |
| assert(false && "Invalid unary operator"); |
| break; |
| |
| case UnaryOperator::PreInc: |
| case UnaryOperator::PreDec: |
| case UnaryOperator::PostInc: |
| case UnaryOperator::PostDec: |
| resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc, |
| Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc || |
| Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc, |
| Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc || |
| Opc == UnaryOperator::PreDec); |
| break; |
| case UnaryOperator::AddrOf: |
| resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc); |
| break; |
| case UnaryOperator::Deref: |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input); |
| resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc); |
| break; |
| case UnaryOperator::Plus: |
| case UnaryOperator::Minus: |
| UsualUnaryConversions(Input); |
| resultType = Input->getType(); |
| if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
| break; |
| if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 |
| break; |
| else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7 |
| resultType->isEnumeralType()) |
| break; |
| else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6 |
| Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus && |
| resultType->isPointerType()) |
| break; |
| |
| return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
| << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); |
| case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement |
| UsualUnaryConversions(Input); |
| resultType = Input->getType(); |
| if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
| break; |
| // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension. |
| if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType()) |
| // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation. |
| Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex) |
| << resultType << Input->getSourceRange(); |
| else if (!resultType->isIntegerType()) |
| return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
| << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); |
| break; |
| case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation |
| // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5). |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input); |
| resultType = Input->getType(); |
| if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
| break; |
| if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 |
| return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
| << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); |
| // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5. |
| // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8 |
| resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy; |
| break; |
| case UnaryOperator::Real: |
| case UnaryOperator::Imag: |
| resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real); |
| break; |
| case UnaryOperator::Extension: |
| resultType = Input->getType(); |
| break; |
| } |
| if (resultType.isNull()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| InputArg.release(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc, |
| ExprArg input) { |
| Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get(); |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() && |
| Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) { |
| // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this |
| // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local |
| // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of |
| // the arguments. |
| UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; |
| OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
| if (S && OverOp != OO_None) |
| LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(), |
| Functions); |
| |
| return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input)); |
| } |
| |
| return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input)); |
| } |
| |
| // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
| Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) { |
| return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input)); |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| SourceLocation LabLoc, |
| IdentifierInfo *LabelII) { |
| // Look up the record for this label identifier. |
| LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII]; |
| |
| // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It |
| // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody. |
| if (LabelDecl == 0) |
| LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0); |
| |
| // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'. |
| return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl, |
| Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy))); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult |
| Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt, |
| SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})" |
| Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get()); |
| assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!"); |
| CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); |
| |
| bool isFileScope |
| = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0); |
| if (isFileScope) |
| return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope)); |
| |
| // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for |
| // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently. |
| // More semantic analysis is needed. |
| |
| // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one |
| // as the type of the stmtexpr. |
| QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy; |
| |
| if (!Compound->body_empty()) { |
| Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back(); |
| // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body. |
| while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) |
| LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt(); |
| |
| if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) |
| Ty = LastExpr->getType(); |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement |
| // expressions are not lvalues. |
| |
| substmt.release(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, |
| unsigned NumComponents, |
| SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
| QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType(); |
| bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); |
| SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); |
| |
| // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first |
| // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents |
| // a struct/union/class. |
| if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) |
| return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) |
| << ArgTy << TypeRange); |
| |
| // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable |
| // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed. |
| if (!Dependent |
| && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy, |
| PDiag(diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type) |
| << TypeRange)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a |
| // GCC extension, diagnose them. |
| // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in |
| // a system header! |
| if (NumComponents != 1) |
| Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator) |
| << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd); |
| |
| bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; |
| QualType CurrentType = ArgTy; |
| typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode; |
| llvm::SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps; |
| llvm::SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs; |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) { |
| const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i]; |
| if (OC.isBrackets) { |
| // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? |
| if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) { |
| const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType); |
| if(!AT) |
| return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) |
| << CurrentType); |
| CurrentType = AT->getElementType(); |
| } else |
| CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; |
| |
| // The expression must be an integral expression. |
| // FIXME: An integral constant expression? |
| Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E); |
| if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() && |
| !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
| return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) |
| << Idx->getSourceRange()); |
| |
| // Record this array index. |
| Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd)); |
| Exprs.push_back(Idx); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| // Offset of a field. |
| if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) { |
| // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent |
| // type. Just record the identifier of the field. |
| Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd)); |
| CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| // We need to have a complete type to look into. |
| if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, |
| diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // Look for the designated field. |
| const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| if (!RC) |
| return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) |
| << CurrentType); |
| RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); |
| |
| // C++ [lib.support.types]p5: |
| // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this |
| // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union |
| // (clause 9). |
| if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
| if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD && |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, |
| PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type) |
| << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) |
| << CurrentType)) |
| DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; |
| } |
| |
| // Look for the field. |
| LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); |
| LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); |
| FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>(); |
| if (!MemberDecl) |
| return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) |
| << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, |
| OC.LocEnd)); |
| |
| // C99 7.17p3: |
| // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.) |
| // |
| // We diagnose this as an error. |
| if (MemberDecl->getBitWidth()) { |
| Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield) |
| << MemberDecl->getDeclName() |
| << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
| Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for |
| // the base class indirections. |
| CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, |
| /*DetectVirtual=*/false); |
| if (IsDerivedFrom(CurrentType, |
| Context.getTypeDeclType(MemberDecl->getParent()), |
| Paths)) { |
| CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front(); |
| for (CXXBasePath::iterator B = Path.begin(), BEnd = Path.end(); |
| B != BEnd; ++B) |
| Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B->Base)); |
| } |
| |
| if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())-> |
| isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
| llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Path; |
| BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(MemberDecl, Path); |
| unsigned n = Path.size(); |
| for (int j = n - 1; j > -1; --j) |
| Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Path[j], OC.LocEnd)); |
| } else { |
| Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd)); |
| } |
| CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(); |
| } |
| |
| return Owned(OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, |
| TInfo, Comps.data(), Comps.size(), |
| Exprs.data(), Exprs.size(), RParenLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
| SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
| TypeTy *argty, |
| OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, |
| unsigned NumComponents, |
| SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo; |
| QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty, &ArgTInfo); |
| if (ArgTy.isNull()) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (!ArgTInfo) |
| ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc); |
| |
| return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, CompPtr, NumComponents, |
| RPLoc); |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: The code below is marked for death, once we have proper CodeGen |
| // support for non-constant OffsetOf expressions. |
| |
| bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); |
| |
| // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first |
| // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents |
| // a struct/union/class. |
| if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) |
| return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy); |
| |
| // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable |
| // with an incomplete type would be illegal. |
| |
| // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process |
| // the offsetof designators. |
| QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy); |
| Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr); |
| Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref, |
| ArgTy, SourceLocation()); |
| |
| // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a |
| // GCC extension, diagnose them. |
| // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in |
| // a system header! |
| if (NumComponents != 1) |
| Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator) |
| << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd); |
| |
| if (!Dependent) { |
| bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; |
| |
| if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(), |
| diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably |
| // leaks like a sieve. |
| for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) { |
| const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i]; |
| if (OC.isBrackets) { |
| // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? |
| const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType()); |
| if (!AT) { |
| Res->Destroy(Context); |
| return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) |
| << Res->getType()); |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded. |
| |
| // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript |
| // expression. |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res); |
| |
| // C99 6.5.2.1p1 |
| Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E); |
| // FIXME: Leaks Res |
| if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
| return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) |
| << Idx->getSourceRange()); |
| |
| Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(), |
| OC.LocEnd); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| if (!RC) { |
| Res->Destroy(Context); |
| return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) |
| << Res->getType()); |
| } |
| |
| // Get the decl corresponding to this. |
| RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); |
| if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
| if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD && |
| DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, |
| PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type) |
| << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) |
| << Res->getType())) |
| DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; |
| } |
| |
| LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); |
| LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); |
| |
| FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>(); |
| // FIXME: Leaks Res |
| if (!MemberDecl) |
| return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) |
| << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd)); |
| |
| // C99 7.17p3: |
| // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.) |
| // |
| // We diagnose this as an error. |
| if (MemberDecl->getBitWidth()) { |
| Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield) |
| << MemberDecl->getDeclName() |
| << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc); |
| Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field. |
| // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield. |
| if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
| Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
| OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>(); |
| } else { |
| PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0, |
| *R.begin(), MemberDecl); |
| // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it |
| // doesn't matter here. |
| Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd, |
| MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType()); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf, |
| Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2, |
| SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
| // FIXME: Preserve type source info. |
| QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1); |
| QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2); |
| |
| assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)"); |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus) |
| << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, |
| argT1, argT2, RPLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| ExprArg cond, |
| ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2, |
| SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
| Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get()); |
| Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get()); |
| Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get()); |
| |
| assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)"); |
| |
| QualType resType; |
| bool ValueDependent = false; |
| if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) { |
| resType = Context.DependentTy; |
| ValueDependent = true; |
| } else { |
| // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression. |
| llvm::APSInt condEval(32); |
| SourceLocation ExpLoc; |
| if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc)) |
| return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc, |
| diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant) |
| << CondExpr->getSourceRange()); |
| |
| // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr. |
| resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType(); |
| ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent() |
| : RHSExpr->isValueDependent(); |
| } |
| |
| cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, |
| resType, RPLoc, |
| resType->isDependentType(), |
| ValueDependent)); |
| } |
| |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| // Clang Extensions. |
| //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| |
| /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started. |
| void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) { |
| BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc); |
| PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block); |
| CurContext->addDecl(Block); |
| PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block); |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) { |
| assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!"); |
| BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); |
| |
| TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); |
| CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig); |
| QualType T = Sig->getType(); |
| |
| bool isVariadic; |
| QualType RetTy; |
| if (const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { |
| CurBlock->FunctionType = T; |
| RetTy = Fn->getResultType(); |
| isVariadic = |
| !isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) || cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic(); |
| } else { |
| RetTy = T; |
| isVariadic = false; |
| } |
| |
| CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic); |
| |
| // Don't allow returning an array by value. |
| if (RetTy->isArrayType()) { |
| Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_block_returns_array); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Don't allow returning a objc interface by value. |
| if (RetTy->isObjCObjectType()) { |
| Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy; |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block |
| // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like: |
| // ^ * { ... } |
| // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction".... |
| if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) |
| CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy; |
| |
| // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them. |
| llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params; |
| if (isa<FunctionProtoType>(T)) { |
| FunctionProtoTypeLoc TL = cast<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(Sig->getTypeLoc()); |
| for (unsigned I = 0, E = TL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = TL.getArg(I); |
| if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 && |
| !Param->isImplicit() && |
| !Param->isInvalidDecl() && |
| !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); |
| Params.push_back(Param); |
| } |
| |
| // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like |
| // ^ fntype { ... } |
| } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator |
| I = Fn->arg_type_begin(), E = Fn->arg_type_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| ParmVarDecl *Param = |
| BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(CurBlock->TheDecl, |
| ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| *I); |
| Params.push_back(Param); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // Set the parameters on the block decl. |
| if (!Params.empty()) |
| CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); |
| |
| // Finally we can process decl attributes. |
| ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); |
| |
| if (!isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) { |
| Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(), |
| diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1; |
| // FIXME: remove the attribute. |
| } |
| |
| // Put the parameter variables in scope. We can bail out immediately |
| // if we don't have any. |
| if (Params.empty()) |
| return; |
| |
| bool ShouldCheckShadow = |
| Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored; |
| |
| for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(), |
| E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) { |
| (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl); |
| |
| // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) { |
| if (ShouldCheckShadow) |
| CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI); |
| |
| PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
| /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
| void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { |
| // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. |
| PopDeclContext(); |
| PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); |
| // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well??? |
| } |
| |
| /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
| /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, |
| StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) { |
| // If blocks are disabled, emit an error. |
| if (!LangOpts.Blocks) |
| Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable); |
| |
| BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back()); |
| |
| PopDeclContext(); |
| |
| QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy; |
| if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull()) |
| RetTy = BSI->ReturnType; |
| |
| bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>(); |
| QualType BlockTy; |
| |
| // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that. |
| if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) { |
| const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| |
| FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo(); |
| if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true); |
| |
| // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types. |
| if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) { |
| BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, |
| false, false, 0, 0, Ext); |
| |
| // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type, |
| // preserve its sugar structure. |
| } else if (FTy->getResultType() == RetTy && |
| (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) { |
| BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType; |
| |
| // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type. |
| } else { |
| const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy); |
| BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, |
| FPT->arg_type_begin(), |
| FPT->getNumArgs(), |
| FPT->isVariadic(), |
| /*quals*/ 0, |
| FPT->hasExceptionSpec(), |
| FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(), |
| FPT->getNumExceptions(), |
| FPT->exception_begin(), |
| Ext); |
| } |
| |
| // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing. |
| } else { |
| BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, |
| false, false, 0, 0, |
| FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default)); |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract |
| DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->param_begin(), |
| BSI->TheDecl->param_end()); |
| BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy); |
| |
| // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block. |
| if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) |
| DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get())); |
| |
| BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>()); |
| |
| bool Good = true; |
| // Check goto/label use. |
| for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator |
| I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| LabelStmt *L = I->second; |
| |
| // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto |
| // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. |
| if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| // Emit error. |
| Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); |
| Good = false; |
| } |
| if (!Good) { |
| PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| // Issue any analysis-based warnings. |
| const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP = |
| AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); |
| AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy); |
| |
| Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy, |
| BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs); |
| PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); |
| return Owned(Result); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type, |
| SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
| QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type); |
| Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get()); |
| Expr *OrigExpr = E; |
| |
| InitBuiltinVaListType(); |
| |
| // Get the va_list type |
| QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); |
| if (VaListType->isArrayType()) { |
| // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64, |
| // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to |
| // a pointer for va_arg. |
| VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType); |
| // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately. |
| UsualUnaryConversions(E); |
| } else { |
| // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because |
| // it is modified by va_arg. |
| if (!E->isTypeDependent() && |
| CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| if (!E->isTypeDependent() && |
| !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) { |
| return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(), |
| diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list) |
| << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange()); |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract |
| // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in. |
| |
| expr.release(); |
| return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), |
| RPLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) { |
| // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of |
| // pointers on the target. |
| QualType Ty; |
| if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth()) |
| Ty = Context.IntTy; |
| else |
| Ty = Context.LongTy; |
| |
| return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc)); |
| } |
| |
| static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType, |
| Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) { |
| if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1) |
| return; |
| |
| const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
| if (!PT) |
| return; |
| |
| // Check if the destination is of type 'id'. |
| if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) { |
| // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface. |
| const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl(); |
| if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString")) |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Strip off any parens and casts. |
| StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()); |
| if (!SL || SL->isWide()) |
| return; |
| |
| Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@"); |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
| SourceLocation Loc, |
| QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
| Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
| bool *Complained) { |
| if (Complained) |
| *Complained = false; |
| |
| // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions). |
| bool isInvalid = false; |
| unsigned DiagKind; |
| FixItHint Hint; |
| |
| switch (ConvTy) { |
| default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type"); |
| case Compatible: return false; |
| case PointerToInt: |
| DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; |
| break; |
| case IntToPointer: |
| DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; |
| break; |
| case IncompatiblePointer: |
| MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint); |
| DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; |
| break; |
| case IncompatiblePointerSign: |
| DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; |
| break; |
| case FunctionVoidPointer: |
| DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; |
| break; |
| case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: |
| // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the |
| // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char* |
| // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME: |
| // Ideally, this check would be performed in |
| // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a |
| // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an |
| // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part |
| // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for |
| // C++ semantics. |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType)) |
| return false; |
| DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; |
| break; |
| case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers: |
| DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; |
| break; |
| case IntToBlockPointer: |
| DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer; |
| break; |
| case IncompatibleBlockPointer: |
| DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer; |
| break; |
| case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: |
| // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since |
| // it can give a more specific diagnostic. |
| DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id; |
| break; |
| case IncompatibleVectors: |
| DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors; |
| break; |
| case Incompatible: |
| DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible; |
| isInvalid = true; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| QualType FirstType, SecondType; |
| switch (Action) { |
| case AA_Assigning: |
| case AA_Initializing: |
| // The destination type comes first. |
| FirstType = DstType; |
| SecondType = SrcType; |
| break; |
| |
| case AA_Returning: |
| case AA_Passing: |
| case AA_Converting: |
| case AA_Sending: |
| case AA_Casting: |
| // The source type comes first. |
| FirstType = SrcType; |
| SecondType = DstType; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action |
| << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint; |
| if (Complained) |
| *Complained = true; |
| return isInvalid; |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){ |
| llvm::APSInt ICEResult; |
| if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) { |
| if (Result) |
| *Result = ICEResult; |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; |
| |
| if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() || |
| EvalResult.HasSideEffects) { |
| Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| if (EvalResult.Diag) { |
| // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression" |
| // or if it's actually in a subexpression. |
| if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice || |
| E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens()) |
| Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag); |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << |
| E->getSourceRange(); |
| |
| if (EvalResult.Diag && |
| Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored) |
| Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag); |
| |
| if (Result) |
| *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) { |
| ExprEvalContexts.push_back( |
| ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size())); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
| // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack. |
| ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back(); |
| ExprEvalContexts.pop_back(); |
| |
| if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) { |
| if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) { |
| // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack |
| // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic |
| // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId). |
| for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator |
| I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(), |
| IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end(); |
| I != IEnd; ++I) |
| MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second); |
| } |
| |
| if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) { |
| // Emit any pending diagnostics. |
| for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator |
| I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(), |
| IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end(); |
| I != IEnd; ++I) |
| Diag(I->first, I->second); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any |
| // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of |
| // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they |
| // will never be constructed. |
| if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated && |
| ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries) |
| ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries, |
| ExprTemporaries.end()); |
| |
| // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record. |
| Rec.Destroy(); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code. |
| /// |
| /// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced |
| /// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration |
| /// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, |
| /// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used. |
| /// |
| /// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced. |
| /// |
| /// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code. |
| void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { |
| assert(D && "No declaration?"); |
| |
| if (D->isUsed()) |
| return; |
| |
| // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a |
| // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions |
| // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and |
| // -Wunused-parameters) |
| if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || |
| (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) { |
| D->setUsed(true); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) |
| return; |
| |
| // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for |
| // an instantiation. |
| if (CurContext->isDependentContext()) |
| return; |
| |
| switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { |
| case Unevaluated: |
| // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing. |
| return; |
| |
| case PotentiallyEvaluated: |
| // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is |
| // "used"; handle this below. |
| break; |
| |
| case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated: |
| // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this |
| // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is |
| // potentially evaluated. |
| ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D); |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| // Note that this declaration has been used. |
| if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) { |
| unsigned TypeQuals; |
| if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { |
| if (!Constructor->isUsed()) |
| DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor); |
| } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() && |
| Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) { |
| if (!Constructor->isUsed()) |
| DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals); |
| } |
| |
| MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Constructor->getParent()); |
| } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) { |
| if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed()) |
| DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor); |
| if (Destructor->isVirtual()) |
| MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent()); |
| } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { |
| if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && |
| MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) { |
| if (!MethodDecl->isUsed()) |
| DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl); |
| } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual()) |
| MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent()); |
| } |
| if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of |
| // class templates. |
| if (Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { |
| bool AlreadyInstantiated = false; |
| if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo |
| = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) { |
| if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) |
| SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); |
| else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() |
| == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) |
| AlreadyInstantiated = true; |
| } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo |
| = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) { |
| if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) |
| MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); |
| else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() |
| == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) |
| AlreadyInstantiated = true; |
| } |
| |
| if (!AlreadyInstantiated) { |
| if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) && |
| cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass()) |
| PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, |
| Loc)); |
| else |
| PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, |
| Loc)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions |
| Function->setUsed(true); |
| |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates. |
| if (Var->isStaticDataMember() && |
| Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) { |
| MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo(); |
| assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?"); |
| if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() && |
| MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) { |
| MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); |
| PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc)); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| // FIXME: keep track of references to static data? |
| |
| D->setUsed(true); |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| namespace { |
| // Mark all of the declarations referenced |
| // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding |
| // of when we're entering |
| class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> { |
| Sema &S; |
| SourceLocation Loc; |
| |
| public: |
| typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited; |
| |
| MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { } |
| |
| bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg); |
| bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T); |
| }; |
| } |
| |
| bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument( |
| const TemplateArgument &Arg) { |
| if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) { |
| S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Arg.getAsDecl()); |
| } |
| |
| return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg); |
| } |
| |
| bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) { |
| if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec |
| = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) { |
| const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); |
| return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.getFlatArgumentList(), |
| Args.flat_size()); |
| } |
| |
| return true; |
| } |
| |
| void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { |
| MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc); |
| Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T)); |
| } |
| |
| /// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior |
| /// of the program being compiled. |
| /// |
| /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being |
| /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a |
| /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof() |
| /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not |
| /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or, |
| /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated |
| /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it |
| /// later. |
| /// |
| /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time |
| /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis. |
| /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures |
| /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid. |
| bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, |
| const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
| switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) { |
| case Unevaluated: |
| // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain. |
| break; |
| |
| case PotentiallyEvaluated: |
| Diag(Loc, PD); |
| return true; |
| |
| case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated: |
| ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
| CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType()) |
| return false; |
| |
| PartialDiagnostic Note = |
| FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here) |
| << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag(); |
| SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation(); |
| |
| if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, |
| FD ? |
| PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return) |
| << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() : |
| PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return) |
| << CE->getSourceRange(), |
| std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note))) |
| return true; |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| // Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses |
| // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want. |
| void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) { |
| SourceLocation Loc; |
| |
| unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment; |
| |
| if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) { |
| BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); |
| if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign) |
| return; |
| |
| // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory. |
| if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME |
| = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
| Selector Sel = ME->getSelector(); |
| |
| // self = [<foo> init...] |
| if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) |
| && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init")) |
| diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; |
| |
| // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject] |
| else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && |
| Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject") |
| diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; |
| } |
| |
| Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); |
| } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { |
| CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E); |
| if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal) |
| return; |
| |
| Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); |
| } else { |
| // Not an assignment. |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
| SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
| |
| Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange(); |
| Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison) |
| << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=="); |
| Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence) |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(") |
| << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")"); |
| } |
| |
| bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) { |
| DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E); |
| |
| if (!E->isTypeDependent()) { |
| DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); |
| |
| QualType T = E->getType(); |
| |
| if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4 |
| return true; |
| } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1 |
| Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar) |
| << T << E->getSourceRange(); |
| return true; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return false; |
| } |
| |
| Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
| ExprArg SubExpr) { |
| Expr *Sub = SubExpr.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| if (!Sub) |
| return ExprError(); |
| |
| if (CheckBooleanCondition(Sub, Loc)) { |
| Sub->Destroy(Context); |
| return ExprError(); |
| } |
| |
| return Owned(Sub); |
| } |